Class Schedule

Use the navigation menu below to see the classes offered for the selected quarter. The default is summer quarter 2014. To see classes for fall quarter, be sure to select "Fall 2014" under "Quarter." Be careful to note which campus a class is at. If you do not want classes from a certain campus, unselect that campus under "location."

The number of seats available is refreshed every thirty minutes.

Hybrid classes meet both in person and online. If a hybrid class meets daily, it does not necessarily meet in-person every day.

Quarter

Program

Instructor


Keywords


Starting After

Ending Before

Credits

Location

Availability



Other Offerings

Adult Basic Education Classes

Continuing Ed Classes

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

ACCT&201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4921 10/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, including a study of the accounting cycle and the use of special journals. Focus is on double entry accounting system and financial statement preparation. Covers transactions for a business organized as a sole proprietorship and the effects of transactions on balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III

ACCT&203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4931 14/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Introduces the theory of cost accounting and an analysis of accounting data as a part of the managerial process of planning, decision-making and control. Emphasis is given to job order, process, standard-cost accounting data, and the preparation and use of budgets and internal control reports necessary for making economic decisions for manufacturing businesses. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25. Web enhanced

BASIC MATHEMATICS; BASIC PHYSICS; WEIGHT & BALANCES

ACM 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0901 19/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Advanced Composite Manufacturing curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the Advanced Composite Manufacturers will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks and the addition of ballast. Additional Fee: $45.00

BLUEPRINTS, DRAWINGS, AND PRECISION MEASURING

ACM 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0911 19/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 119

Credits: 4

Determine and identify dimensions of a part from drawings, including orthographic and isometric projections. Sketch objects/parts in either orthographic or isometric views. Additional Fee: $45.00

MATERIALS AND PROCESSES/LAB & EQUIPMENT SAFETY

ACM 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0921 19/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Advanced Composite Manufacturing students will identify and determine the proper use of fasteners, demonstrate a basic understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology, lab safety and the proper use of tools, calculate/apply torque values, and perform precision measurements. Additional Fee: $45.00

COMPOSITE FABRICATION

ACM 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0931 16/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Learn manufacturing methods and processes commonly used for the fabrication of composite materials. Instruction includes material choices, fabrication techniques, material handling and safety procedures. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the benefits and limitations of composite material
  • Be familiar with the common manufacturing processes for composite
  • Identify and utilize the materials to construct a composite laminate
  • Identify and utilize all ancillary materials needed to construct a composite laminate
  • Understand basic tooling techniques as in mold and trim fixtures
  • Understand and demonstrate proper material handling protocols
  • Understand and demonstrate safe use of materials and chemicals

COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY

ACM 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0941 16/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Identify and utilize appropriate materials and processes to assemble structures made of composite materials. Includes room temperature and elevated temperature bonding, drilling, countersinking, and installing mechanical fasteners and potted fasteners. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand common assembly techniques
  • Perform proper bolt assembly tasks
  • Understand bonded assembly manufacturing techniques
  • Identify materials used in bonded assemblies
  • Perform the tasks required to manufacture a bonded assembly
  • Identify tools and fasteners used in bolted assemblies
  • Follow safe work practices

COMPOSITE REPAIR

ACM 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0951 16/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Inspect, test, and repair composite structures. This course explains how imperfections affect composite properties and provides hands-on training for the repair of defects. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and evaluate damage on composite structures
  • Prepare the structure for proper repair
  • Identify the materials required in the repair
  • Perform the tasks required in assembling the repair
  • Safely use the chemicals and materials
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the necessity to follow proper repair techniques and protocols

SPECIAL PROJECTS

ACM 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0961 16/18 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 3

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, fixturing and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create or Interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component models, parts and assemblies for a student designed part/project
  • Create a manufacturing plan for prototype or production, demonstrating knowledge of scope work, balanced lay-ups and issues related to a given part
  • Fabricate tooling layup mandrel (mold)
  • Fabricate part using layup mandrel to faithfully represent design
  • Indicate techniques used to prevent voids and other laminate draws
  • Demonstrate competency in vacuum bagging technique
  • Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment

PANEL REPLACEMENT

ACT 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9601 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 6

Covers the fundamentals of replacing hoods, bumpers, fenders, grilles, lids, and other bolted-on panels. Additional Fee: $58.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Remove & install, and adjust hoods, fenders, deck lids, bumpers and other bolt-on body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the various methods of attaching and adjusting mechanically fastened panels, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PANEL REPAIR

ACT 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9611 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 6

Covers metal-straightening fundamentals, including proper tool usage; application of fillers; and sanding for proper size, shape and texture. Additional Fee: $58.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate proper hammer and dolly use to straighten minor sheet metal damage
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will demonstrate proper application of plastic body fillers and sand them for size, shape and proper texture

AUTO COLLISION MAJOR REPAIRS

ACT 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9621 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Introduces vehicle damage measuring systems, straightening auto body structure and replacing structural components. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how impact forces are transmitted through both frame and unibody construction vehicles, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe how to visually determine the extent of impact damage and list the various types of body measuring tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Analyze damage by measuring body dimensions and identify impact damage to mechanical components on collision damaged vehicles, with a minimum 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain the importance of the datum plane and centerline as related to collision repair and use these concepts to interpret body dimension data, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Diagnose various types of damage, including twist, mash, sag, and side sway, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Demonstrate the use of various collision specific measuring tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the types of straightening and aligning technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify signs of stress/deformation and determine if a repair or replacement can be done before, during, or after straightening, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basic procedures for replacement and corrosion protection of structural components, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

TOPCOAT REFINISHING

ACT 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9631 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 8

Covers color matching, final masking, surface cleaning and topcoat finishing. Additional Fee: $68.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the difference between spot, panel and completer refinishing, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe how to spray different types of materials with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will be able to properly locate and extract color information from a vehicle and outline general topcoat application procedures, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify techniques and perform proper masking, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Recognize custom painting and refinishing techniques, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Apply decals, pin striping, wood-grain transfers, moldings, and trim emblems, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Match color and texture with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify the steps applying various types of color coats with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Apply base coat and clear coat systems with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/EXTERIOR TRIM

ACT 166

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9641 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Covers paint-application problem solving, final detailing, decals and trimming. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain the final detailing procedures, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to recognize the correct defects occurring in a paint finish, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain the importance of final touchup and cleaning to the satisfaction of the customer, with a minimum 70% accuracy

PLASTIC REFINISHING

ACT 171

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9651 11/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Covers paint-shop equipment and painting fundamentals as they relate to plastics. Additional Fee: $53.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the students will be able to describe how to spray different types of materials on plastics, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, the student will be able to properly locate and extract color information from a vehicle and outline general topcoat application procedures on plastics, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will match color and texture on plastics with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will apply base coat and clear coat systems on plastics with a minimum of 70% accuracy

BOOKKEEPING I

ACTG 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49B1 8/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces fundamental principles of full-cycle, double-entry accounting, including maintaining journals, ledgers, and banking records to prepare basic financial statements for service and retail businesses organized as sole proprietorships or partnerships. Covers basics of payroll accounting and payroll tax reports. Explores the concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately. Additional Fee: $25.00.

ELECTRONIC BUSINESS MATH

ACTG 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49C1 12/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 2

Covers business math applications including payroll, percents, merchandising, consumer credit, simple and compound interest, prorating, stocks and bonds, and the metric system. Students will use the keyboard functions and the touch method of electronic calculator operation. Prerequisite: COMPASS score equivalent to completion of MAT 82 and ENG 82 or higher, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

QUICKBOOKS I

ACTG 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4901 15/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 2

Covers principal applications, basic operating commands, and functions necessary to use QuickBooks automated accounting software. Basic applications include, but are not limited to, vendor, customer, and banking activities, and creating files. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $9.50

QUICKBOOKS II

ACTG 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4911 14/20 July 31, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Covers continued applications for vendor and customer activities using QuickBooks automated accounting software. Also covers starting up companies, inventory management, sales tax, payroll, and working with balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 and ACTG 141 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $14.25.

PAYROLL & BUSINESS TAXES

ACTG 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49D1 5/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 5

Provides practice in all payroll operations, the recording of accounting entries involving payroll, and the preparation of required payroll and business tax returns. Covers the concepts, laws, and terminology required to perform specific payroll accounting functions. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I LAB

ACTG 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4941 10/20 July 2, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. W Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 2

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 201 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III LAB

ACTG 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4951 14/20 July 2, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. W Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 203 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with: ACCT& 203 Prerequisite: ACTG 211 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF INDIVIDUAL TAX ACCOUNTING

ACTG 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49F1 9/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online
4961 16/20 June 30, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MTTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 4

Introduces the fundamentals of individual income tax accounting theory and practice, including a study of the rules and regulations for preparation of the most common forms and schedules, a brief review of the history of income taxation, tax laws in the United States, and the differences between generally accepted accounting principles and income-tax accounting. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

ACCOUNTING SPREADSHEETS II

ACTG 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4971 13/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 4

Provides advanced instruction in electronic worksheets, various business spreadsheets, 3-D worksheets, and various functions, including the conditional function and accounting schedules. Prerequisite: ACTG 135 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

BUSINESS OFFICE I

ACTG 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4981 0/20 July 10, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. MTWTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisites: ACTG 143, ACTG 235, CAS 120, and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $48.75

BUSINESS OFFICE II

ACTG 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4991 6/20 July 10, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. MTWTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisite: ACTG 260 Additional Fee: $48.75

INTERNSHIP I

ACTG 271

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49A1 1/20 July 10, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. MTWTh Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides students with practical on-the-job field experience. Program offers students a way to combine classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Work experience must be related to the student’s educational and career objectives. Must be approved by the instructor and includes a weekly seminar component. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

BASIC ELECTRICITY

AMT 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4401 21/18 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Covers direct-current circuits, series, and parallel-circuit arrangements and their application. Includes the relationship between voltage, current, resistance, and power. Students will calculate and measure these values, understand the operation of the multimeter and its use in troubleshooting. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Calculate and measure electrical power
  • Measure voltage, current, resistance, and continuity
  • Determine the relationship of voltage, current, and resistance in electrical circuits
  • Inspect and service batteries

ADVANCED ELECTRICITY

AMT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4411 21/18 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Understand the effect of resistance, capacitance, and inductance in AC circuits, and understand transformers. Learn about basic semi-conductor devices (diodes and transistors), and be able to explain their function in simple circuits. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Calculate and measure capacitance and inductance
  • Read and interpret aircraft electrical circuit diagrams, including solid state devices and logic functions
  • Determine the relationship of voltage, current, and resistance in AC electrical circuits

AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEMS, ICE & RAIN CONTROL SYSTEMS, & FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

AMT 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44K1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus
4421 20/21 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Covers principles of operation and configuration of warning systems, electrical brake controls, anti-skid systems, and landing gear position indicating and warning systems. Learn the effects of ice and rain on aircraft during operations in inclement weather, the equipment and materials used to counter ice and rain, and the maintenance of this equipment. Explore components and operation of fire detection and extinguishing equipment, as well as smoke and toxic gas detection systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Check and service fuel dump systems
  • Perform fuel management transfer, and refueling
  • Inspect, check, and repair pressure fueling systems
  • Repair aircraft fuel system components
  • Inspect and repair fluid quantity indicating systems
  • Troubleshoot, service, and repair fluid pressure and temperature warning systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft fuel systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair airframe ice and rain control systems
  • Inspect, check, and service smoke and carbon monoxide detection systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft fire detection and extinguishing systems

ASSEMBLY & RIGGING

AMT 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44J1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus

Credits: 4

Covers basic information regarding the assembly of aircraft, components, rigging of all flight control surfaces, balancing and inspection of flight controls, alignment of aircraft structures, and jacking of aircraft. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Rig rotary-wing and fixed-wing aircraft
  • Check alignment of structures
  • Assemble aircraft components, including flight control surfaces. Balance, rig, and inspect movable primary and secondary flight control surfaces
  • Jack aircraft

AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR

AMT 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4431 20/21 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Inspect, check, service and repair landing gear retraction systems, shock struts, brakes, wheels, tires and steering systems. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, service, and repair landing gear, retraction systems, shock struts, brakes, wheels, tires, and steering systems

HYDRAULIC & PNEUMATIC POWER SYSTEMS

AMT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4441 20/21 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot and repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems and components. Identify and select hydraulic fluids. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems components
  • Identify and select hydraulic fluids
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems
  • AMT 142
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair shop equipment
  • Calibrate precision tools
  • Assist Repair Station Operations

HANGAR OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE

AMT 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44L1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus
4451 0/0 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 3

Perform maintenance on items of shop equipment used in the day-to-day operation of the aircraft maintenance hangar, calibrate precision tools as needed, and assist in repair station operations. Note: Offered winter quarter. Additional Fee: $64.25

AIRFRAME ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AMT 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4461 21/18 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Learn about operation of AC and DC electrical systems used on large and small aircraft, generating and starting systems, AC and DC electric motors, wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices, and constant speed and integrated drive generators. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Repair and inspect aircraft electrical system components; crimp and splice wiring to manufacturer’s specifications; and repair pins and sockets of aircraft connectors
  • Install, check, and service airframe electrical wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair alternating and direct current electrical systems

ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AMT 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4471 21/18 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Develop an understanding of the operation of generators, alternators, DC motors, and AC motors, and their repair and overhaul. Learn the special requirements of electrical components operating in high-temperature areas and how to install wiring, controls, switches, and indicators, and to protect them from the effects of high temperatures. Additional Fee: $73.75

Course Outcomes

  • Repair engine and electrical system components
  • Install, check, and service engine electrical wiring, controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices

CABIN ATMOSPHERE CONTROL SYSTEMS

AMT 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4481 20/21 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 3

Physiological aspects of flight. Inspection and maintenance of oxygen, pressurization, heating, cooling and air-conditioning systems. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating, cooling, air conditioning, pressurization systems, and air cycle machines
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating, cooling, air-conditioning, and pressurization systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair oxygen systems

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT, COMMUNICATION & NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

AMT 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4491 20/21 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 117
44N1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus

Credits: 3

Learn principles of operation of common aircraft instruments, air or vacuum driven gyros, pilot-static systems, and static system leak tests. Gain operating principles of common avionics equipment, antennas, autopilots, servos, approach coupling systems, interphones, static discharge devices and ground proximity warning systems. Inspect and repair antennas and electronic equipment. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair electronic flight instrument systems and both mechanical and electrical heading, speed, altitude, temperature, pressure, and position indicating systems to include the use of built-in test equipment
  • Install instruments and perform a static pressure system leak test
  • Inspect, check, and troubleshoot autopilot, servos and approach coupling systems
  • Inspect, check, and service aircraft electronic communication and navigation systems, including VHF passenger address interphones and static discharge devices, aircraft VOR, ILS,
  • LORAN, Radar beacon transponders, flight management computers, and GPWS
  • Inspect and repair antenna and electronic equipment installations

FAA TESTING & TURBINE ENGINES

AMT 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44A1 19/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 7

Covers preparation for and completion of FAA certification examinations. FAA written examinations are accomplished outside of CPTC at an FAA Designated Written Examination Center. After successful completion of written examinations, students must pass an oral and practical examination administered by an FAA Designated Maintenance Examiner. Students are charged a fee for these examinations. Note: Fees for these examinations are not included in the college tuition or lab fees. The remaining 120 hours of training concentrate on turbine engines, including their history, different types, the theory of operation of turbine engines, the Brayton cycle, Bernoulli’s theory, and turbine engine air-flow characteristics. Learn the theory of operation of different types of compressors, combustion chambers, turbines and turbine stator vanes (nozzles). Learn the exhaust sections maintenance of turbine engines, including turbine engine removal, overhaul, inspection, and repair procedures. Learn to install turbine engines, make adjustments, troubleshoot, test and check run procedures, and become familiar with regulations, publications, and records for turbine engines. Additional Fee: $83.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • PASS GENERAL FINAL EXAMINATION WITH AN GRADE OF NINETY PERCENT OR HIGHER
  • PASS AIRFRAME FINAL EXAMINATION WITH AN AVERAGE GRADE OF NINETY PERCENT OR HIGHER
  • Understand the theory of operation of turbine engines to include; the history, and the different types of turbine engines. Newton's Laws, the Brayton Cycle, and the formula F=MA. Understand the air flow characteristics, and the relationship between RPM and total thrust of a turbine engine. Explain the relationship between turbine inlet temperature and thrust
  • Understand the relative pressures in various positions in a turbine engine. Discuss the different types of compressors, and theory of operation of centrifugal and axial flow compressors. Explain the operating characteristics of single and split-spool compressors, combustion sections, turbine blades, and turbine section stator vanes (nozzles) used in turbine engines
  • Describe the different types of exhaust sections used in turbine engines, and the function of an exhaust cone in a turbine engine. Comply with overhaul procedures for turbine engines to include; Disassembly, inspection, repair, replacement of life limited parts, assembly, and check run to verify proper operation
  • Understand test and check run procedures when using a test cell to include; safety and operational limitations when starting and testing turbine engines. Understand how to start a turbine engine and observe emergency shutdown procedure in case of excessive start temperatures. Explain how to run and test a turbine engine for proper operation and power output. Explain the purpose of observing proper engine cool down and shutdown procedures. Explain how to perform an acceleration and deceleration check
  • Demonstrate how to start a turbine engine and observe emergency shutdown procedure in case of excessive start temperatures. Demonstrate how to perform an acceleration and deceleration check. Demonstrate how to run and test turbine engine for proper operation and power output
  • Demonstrate repair procedures of components and parts on a turbine engine to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly
  • Perform the inspection of components on a turbine engine installation to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly. Explain how to inspect for leaks, chaffing of lines, engine mount security, and other connections to the airframe
  • Perform on-aircraft turbine engine servicing to include; how to select and service a turbine engine with the correct lubricants, and fuel. Explain the importance of putting the oil and fuel caps on correctly
  • Perform the repair procedures of components and parts on a turbine engine when installed on an aircraft to include; combustion case liner, compressor assembly, turbine assembly, gear box, bleed valve, anti-ice valve, pressurization and dump valve, fuel pump, fuel control, fuel nozzle, igniter plug and turbine governor assembly
  • Describe the installation procedures of a turbine engine to include; Safety precautions, proper alignment, security of engine mount attachment fittings and hardware. Explain the importance of following the airframe manufactures instructions on engine installation for that aircraft
  • Use common turbine engine troubleshooting procedures to include; high exhaust temperature and low power output, high exhaust temperature during start, high oil temperature, low oil pressure, high oil consumption, compressor stall, hung start, lean die-out, failure to light-off during start, long compressor coast down time, and short compressor coast down time
  • Demonstrate the removal procedures of a turbine engine to include; Safety precautions, removal of engine mount fittings and hardware. Explain the importance of following the airframe manufactures instructions on engine removal for that aircraft. Discuss how to mount the removed engine in a work stand, or shipping container

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEMS

AMT 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44B1 19/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers the components and the operation of engine lubrication systems. Introduction to the requirements and characteristics of engine lubricants and lubrication systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Identify and select aviation lubricants
  • Repair aircraft engine lubrication system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft engine lubrication systems

ENGINE INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

AMT 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44C1 19/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers the theory and principles of operation of electrical and mechanical fluid rate of flow indicating systems. Covers electrical and mechanical temperature, pressure and RPM-indicating systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Troubleshoot, service, and repair electrical and mechanical fluid rate-of-flow indicating systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair electrical and mechanical engine temperature, pressure, and r.p.m. indicating systems

PROPELLERS & FAA FINAL TESTING

AMT 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44D1 22/22 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Consist of the theory of operation and nomenclature. Propeller controls and instrumentation. Fixed pitch, controllable pitch, constant speed, and feathering propellers. Governors, anti-ice, phasing, and synchronization systems. Inspection, maintenance, and repairs to propellers and related systems, including familiarization of unducted fan engines. At the end of the course six hours are devoted to preparation for FAA certification examinations. FAA written examinations are accomplished at an FAA Designated Written Examination Center. After successful completion of written examinations, students must pass an Oral and Practical Examination administered by an FAA Designated Mechanics Examiner. Students are charged a fee for these examinations administered by FAA designated examiners and centers. Note: Fees for theses examinations are not included in the college tuition or lab fees systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, propellers and synchronizing and ice control systems
  • Identify and select propeller lubricants
  • Balance propellers
  • Repair propeller control system components
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair fixed-pitch, constant speed, and feathering propellers, and propeller governing systems
  • Install troubleshoot and remove propellers.
  • Repair aluminum alloy propeller blades
  • Pass FAA Powerplant test

ENGINE INSPECTION

AMT 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44F1 22/18 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Engine inspection consists of detailed work with Federal Aviation Regulations, types of inspections, conformance to type certificate data sheets and major alterations, airworthiness directives, and maintenance record entries. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Objective 1Perform powerplant conformity and airworthiness inspections

ENGINE IGNITION & STARTING SYSTEMS

AMT 233

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44G1 22/22 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 4

Covers the operation, maintenance, and overhaul of magnetos and ignition, harnesses; the inspection, servicing, troubleshooting, and repair of reciprocating and turbine engine ignition system; and components and turbine engine electrical and pneumatic starting systems. Additional Fee: $69.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Overhaul magneto and ignition harness
  • Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair reciprocating and turbine engine ignition systems and components
  • Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair turbine engine electrical and starting systems
  • Inspect, service, and troubleshoot turbine engine pneumatic starting systems

INDUCTION, AIRFLOW, COOLING, & EXHAUST SYSTEMS

AMT 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44H1 22/22 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 3

Learn about the maintenance of carburetors and fuel-injected, naturally aspirated, turbo-charged and super-charged induction systems. Learn about maintenance of ice and rain control systems as well as principles of air-cooled engines and problems that can occur with an air-cooled engine. Study the history, development and function of exhaust systems. Students will describe, inspect, maintain, troubleshoot and repair components of exhaust systems. Learn operation principles of turbine engine reversing systems and power recovery turbines. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair engine ice and rain control systems
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heat exchangers, superchargers, and turbine engine airflow and temperature control systems
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair carburetor air intake and induction manifolds

ADVANCED HANGAR OPERATIONS

AMT 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44M1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus

Credits: 3

Advanced hangar operations and maintenance is designed for the students currently enrolled in the helicopter and powerplant classes. It includes servicing and repair of shop equipment, calibration of precision tools and assisting in the repair station operations. Note: This course work is only offered winter quarter. Additional Fee: $64.25

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair shop equipment
  • Calibrate precision tools
  • Assist in repair station Operations

CIVIL ENGINEERING SITE DESIGN

ARC 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6301 4/4 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. MW Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of site design and planning, lot, subdivision and road layouts, contouring, slopes and profiles, and zoning regulations. Prerequisites: ARC 121. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

ARCHITECTURAL REPORTING I

ARC 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
631R 2/0 July 28, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6311 3/20 July 28, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 3

Includes investigation, research, and report preparation on materials, methods, and trends in construction. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills, and computer keyboarding skills of 30 wpm. Additional Fee: $35.00

Note:

Only section 6311 is an I-BEST class.

CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL RESEARCH I

ARC 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
631C 2/0 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6321 3/20 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 2

Requires research of manufacturers and suppliers information, and assembly of Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) materials Divisions 1 through 14. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 631C is an I-BEST class.

DRAFTING TECHNOLOGIES II

ARC 173

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
631T 2/0 July 1, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6331 1/20 July 1, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Basic drafting skills for civil engineering and profiles for subdivisions. Includes basic design drawings necessary for residential design, and also includes printing completed drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 171. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 631T is an I-BEST class.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

ARC 191

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6341 9/8 July 1, 2014 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. TTh Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Analysis of loading conditions and selection of wood-member sizes and materials for house design. Material stress and strain are computed. Prerequisites: ARC 125, MAT 99 or higher. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

DETAILING AND LIGHT COMMERCIAL

ARC 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6351 5/6 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of specialized floor plan types, framing, sections, detailing, and specifications for light-framing and commercial buildings. Prerequisites: ARC 125 Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

DESIGN PROJECT II

ARC 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6361 5/20 June 30, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Project management and design of an intermediate architectural drafting project. Project conforms to regulatory codes, hypothetical client needs, and established schedules. Producing a complete set of computer-drafted and engineered construction drawings. Give effective oral reports of progress. Prerequisites: ARC 223, ARC 281 Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced

SPECIAL INTERN PROJECT

ARC 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6371 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Complete the written Work-Based Learning Experience Plan. Prerequisites: Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $10.00

SPECIAL DESIGN PROJECT

ARC 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6381 3/20 July 1, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. T Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Complete special design project as approved by the instructor to aid in realistic training. Prerequisites: ARC 225, ARC 231, ARC 281. Additional Fee: $33.75

COST ESTIMATING I

ARC 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6391 9/8 July 24, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. W Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 3

Completion of a computerized, detailed cost estimate for a one-story house with site development. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

ENERGY ANALYSIS

ARC 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
63A1 7/20 July 3, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Th Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 1

Completion of two computerized energy analyses for a one-story house. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

INTERMEDIATE AUTOCAD

ARC 281

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
631M 1/0 July 1, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
63B1 5/20 July 1, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. TTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to produce intermediate design and production drawings and details and save and print drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 181. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

Note:

Only section 631M is an I-BEST class.

APPLIED AUTOCAD

ARC 284

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
63C1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 201

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to a create a complete set of design and production drawings and details for a design project, and save and print the drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: ARC 281. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

FUNDAMENTALS OF SHOP EQUIPMENT

ARCF 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1701 2/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers shop safety, fundamentals of tool use, and proper use of shop equipment. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

WELDING & METAL SKILLS

ARCF 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1711 2/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 4

Covers welding, heating, and cutting techniques, using MIG and oxyacetylene equipment. Students will learn safe handling and correct metal-forming techniques of sheet metal. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

BASIC REPAIRS AND ASSEMBLY

ARCF 114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1721 2/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 8

Covers basic repair and assembly procedures for bolt-on body components. Additional Fee: $68.00. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM FABRICATION

ARCF 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1731 2/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Explores basic customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

REFINISHING EQUIPMENT

ARCF 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1741 4/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Explores refinishing equipment use and maintenance. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

REFINISH PREPARATION

ARCF 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1751 5/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 7

Explores corrosion protection and vehicle refinish preparation. Additional Fee: $63.25. Instructor permission required.

ADVANCED PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1761 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers application of advanced masking, topcoat shading, and graphics on a restoration or custom project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

FIBERGLASS/COMPOSITES TECHNIQUES

ARCF 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1771 2/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Further develop skills in customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM REFINISHING

ARCF 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1781 1/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers topcoat, clear coat and custom refinishing. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/SHOW AND SHINE

ARCF 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1791 1/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Covers paint-application problem solving and show detailing. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

AUTOMOTIVE RESTORATION & CUSTOM LAB

ARCF 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17A1 0/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 9

Finish projects and competencies in restoration and/or customizing. Nine credits in summer quarter; variable credit other three quarters. Additional Fee: $72.75. Instructor permission required.

METAL STRENGTHENING AND SHAPING

ARCF 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17B1 0/21 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Metal straightening and shaping techniques on a custom or restoration project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17C1 0/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 3

Covers application of custom masking, topcoat shading, and graphics. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

APPLIED METAL SKILLS

ARCF 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17D1 2/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers application of previously acquired metal skills as they relate to the student’s project work. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $44.25.

ART APPRECIATION

ART& 100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0501 12/25 July 3, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Introduction to the diversity of the art world from ancient civilizations to contemporary society. A discussion of art terminology and methods will be covered in an overview of art materials and techniques. \ Additional Fee: $25.00

AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I

ASL& 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0502 0/20 June 30, 2014 2:30 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MW Wilson, J. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230

Credits: 5

Informs students about deafness, deaf culture, the deaf community, and American Sign Language. Learn to communicate both expressively and receptively in American Sign Language in basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills utilizing ASL vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills integrating both ASL basic grammar components and sentence structures
  • Demonstrate the ability to work effectively in groups and one-on-one settings, utilizing various skills acquired to accomplish specific tasks
  • Demonstrate knowledge of spatial relationships and ASL gloss
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the different types of hearing loss, and gain insight into how sounds affect the Deaf and Hard of Hearing
  • Demonstrate increased awareness concerning how to interact with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing with and without an interpreter
  • Explain the historical development of ASL and Deaf Culture, dating back to as early as 355 B.C
  • Demonstrate an understanding of various technologies that are used to communicate with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing

ENGINE MINOR MECHANICAL REPAIR

AUT 174

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4601 16/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 6

Diagnose and repair general engine mechanical, lubrication, and cooling-system problems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics and minor engine mechanical service and repair procedures. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $58.50

ENGINE MAJOR MECHANICAL REPAIR

AUT 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4611 16/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair engine blocks, heads, and valve trains. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, and removal and installation procedures to successfully diagnose and repair automobiles and light truck engines. Prerequisites: Must have successfully completed AUT 174 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

ENGINE MECHANICAL LAB

AUT 178

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4621 16/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 3

Repair engine components by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance and repair of automobiles and light truck engines. Prerequisites: Must have successfully completed AUT 174 and 175 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $44.25

AUTOMOTIVE IGNITION SYSTEMS

AUT 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4631 8/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair electronic and computer-controlled automotive ignition systems. Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, and 209 and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE FUEL SYSTEMS

AUT 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4641 8/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair fuel management systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, 209, and 217, and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE EMISSIONS SYSTEMS

AUT 236

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4651 8/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 7

Diagnose and repair emissions control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, and diagnostic and repair procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 174, 175, 178, 203, 209, 217, and 223, and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSIONS

AUT 247

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4661 12/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 7

This course provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automatic transmissions. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance, and repair of automobile/ light truck automatic transmissions. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLES

AUT 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4671 12/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 7

This course provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automatic transaxles. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance and repair of automobile transaxles. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 247 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $63.25

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS/TRANSAXLES LAB

AUT 251

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4681 12/18 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 4

This course is designed to teach the student to competently repair automatic transmission/transaxle assemblies by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck drive trains by applying academic knowledge to hands-on projects. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 247 and 250, and must have required tools and textbooks prior to entering this course. Additional Fee: $49.00

HYBRID ALTERNATE FUEL INTRODUCTION & SAFETY

AUTH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4691 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the history, evolution and general safety precautions for servicing. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

ALTERNATE FUEL VEHICLE SYSTEMS

AUTH 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46A1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers diesel, E85, CNG, and hydrogen systems in use today. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

TOYOTA HYBRID SYSTEM OVERVIEW

AUTH 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46B1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the Toyota systems in use today with a focus on the Prius model. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

TOYOTA PRIUS HYBRID SYSTEMS

AUTH 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46C1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the Toyota systems in use today with a focus on the Prius model. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

HONDA HYBRID SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

AUTH 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46D1 11/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the Honda hybrid systems in use today with a focus on the Civic model. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

HONDA CIVIC IMA HYBRID SYSTEM

AUTH 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46F1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the Honda Civic Integrated Motor Assist systems in use today. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Fee: $30.00

FORD ESCAPE/MERCURY MARINER HYBRID SYSTEM

AUTH 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46G1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers the Ford Escape/Mercury Mariner Hybrid systems in use today with a focus on the Escape model. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

GENERAL MOTORS AND OTHER HYBRID SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

AUTH 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46H1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Covers General Motors and other systems in use today with a focus on the GM Dual Mode model system. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

ADVANCED LAB & FINAL EXAM PREPARATION

AUTH 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46J1 12/14 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 2

Gives students a hands-on opportunity for preparation for the final exam. Prerequisites: Students must have completed a NATEF/ASA-certified automotive training program or have instructor’s permission with two years automotive experience. Additional Fee: $30.00

PRIVATE PILOT I

AVP 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5101 7/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Training in basic aircraft control, aircraft systems, airport procedures, and traffic pattern operations. Prerequisite: FAA Class II Medical with Student Pilot Certificate prior to the first day of class. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT II

AVP 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5111 7/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Covers aircraft control, establishing and maintaining specific flight attitudes, and ground reference maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 105 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT III

AVP 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5121 7/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Basic performance maneuvers, traffic pattern procedures, and takeoffs and landings. Upon successful completion, the student shall solo the aircraft. Prerequisite: AVP 110 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS I

AVP 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5131 5/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT IV

AVP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5141 2/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to successfully complete the navigation and cross country flight portion of flight training. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 115 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT V

AVP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5151 2/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Provides the knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to read and understand disseminated weather reports and forecasts. Meets the requirements for cross country navigation and basic instrument flight. Prerequisite: AVP 125 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT VI

AVP 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5161 2/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain the proficiency to meet the requirements necessary for FAA Private Pilot Certification with an Airplane Category and Single-Engine Class Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 130 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS II

AVP 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5171 1/0 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT I

AVP 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5181 5/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces skills that will establish a strong foundation in basic attitude instrument flying and basic instrument navigation. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT II

AVP 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5191 5/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform precision attitude instrument flight, including advanced navigation techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 140 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT III

AVP 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51A1 5/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Apply advanced navigation techniques and perform holding pattern entry procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 145 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICE III

AVP 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51B1 3/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT IV

AVP 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51C1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform holding patterns and instrument approach procedures. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 150 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT V

AVP 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51D1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform cross country flight using advanced navigation procedures. Use ATC communication procedures and conduct instrument departures, arrivals, and approaches. Prerequisite: AVP 155 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT VI

AVP 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51F1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the flight and aeronautical knowledge proficiency required for the issuance of the FAA Instrument-Airplane Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 160 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS IV

AVP 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51G1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT I

AVP 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51H1 2/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire initial VFR cross-country flight training. Pilotage, dead-reckoning, and radio navigation will be covered. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate, Instrument-Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT II

AVP 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51J1 2/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional VFR cross-country flight training. Additional flight training will encompass mountain flying techniques and local night flight operations. Prerequisite: AVP 175 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT III

AVP 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51K1 2/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final training in VFR cross-country flight and night operations. The necessary cross-country flight hours required for Commercial Pilot Certification will be completed. Prerequisite: AVP 180 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT IV

AVP 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51L1 4/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial flight and ground training in high performance Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flight maneuver training includes chandelles, lazy eights, steep power turns, and accuracy landings. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 185 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT V

AVP 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51M1 4/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain additional aeronautical knowledge and flying skills necessary for the performance of advanced precision flight maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 210 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VI

AVP 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51N1 4/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive advanced training in all the required Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flying proficiency in these maneuvers will meet the requirements set forth in the FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 215 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS V

AVP 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51P1 1/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VII

AVP 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Q1 2/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Basic flight maneuvers and aircraft systems will be covered. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 220 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VIII

AVP 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51R1 2/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Advanced flight maneuvers as well as emergency procedures will be mastered. Prerequisite: AVP 230 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT IX

AVP 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51S1 1/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Increase proficiency in advance flight maneuvers and emergency procedures. Obtain logbook endorsement for the operation of High Performance Airplanes. Prerequisite: AVP 235 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT X

AVP 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51T1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 240 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT XI

AVP 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51U1 0/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 245 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT XII

AVP 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51V1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final advanced preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 250 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS VI

AVP 257

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51W1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR I

AVP 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51X1 1/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial training in teaching and learning theory as well as overall review of commercial pilot aeronautical knowledge subject areas. Student will be trained to fly the aircraft from the right seat to Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot; Airplane Certificate and Instrument Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR II

AVP 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Y1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Master proper teaching techniques from the right seat of the training aircraft. Develop proficiency in conducting aeronautical knowledge briefings. Successful completion will result when knowledge and proficiency meet and/or exceed FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 260 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

AVP 268

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Z1 0/0 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the aeronautical knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to obtain an FAA Instrument Flight Instructor Rating added to their Certified Flight Instructor Certificate. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Certificate with Instrument Airplane Rating Certified Flight Instructor-Airplane Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

CHOCOLATE I

BAKE 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3521 9/20 June 30, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MF Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 4

Explores the different types of chocolate used in making assorted treats, candies and garnishes. Various methods of tempering, chocolate decorating, fudges, truffles and other candies will be identified. Additional Fee: $69.00

PATISSERIE I

BAKE 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3501 4/20 July 1, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to attain fundamental cooking, time-management and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins and cookies; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

PATISSERIE II

BAKE 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3531 4/20 July 1, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

FROZEN DESSERTS

BAKE 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3541 9/20 June 30, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Explores the world of frozen desserts. Students will develop recipes for various frozen desserts such as gelato, sorbets, parfaits and ice creams along with savory desserts with the use of herbs, spices and vegetables. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $64.25

YEAST BREADS

BAKE 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3551 9/20 July 28, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MF Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the techniques used with starters and yeasts. Students will demonstrate how to cultivate yeast, proper proofing and baking techniques along with completing a variety of yeast breads Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

PATISSERIE III

BAKE 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3561 1/20 July 1, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of managing, training, and mentoring fellow classmates. Provides students with the opportunity to further refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

RETAIL AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

BAKE 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32D1 4/18 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 23, Rm. 101

Credits: 4

Familiarizes students with all aspects of retail service, cashiering and retail displays. Included are opening/closing procedures, retail layout and presentation, customer service, leadership, sanitation and safety, proper cash handling, and sales techniques. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $69.00

CAKES II

BAKE 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3511 9/20 July 28, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Introduces students to advanced cakes such as high ratio, chiffon cakes, and torts along with buttercream icings and fondant. Temperature and environmental factors in cake making will also be covered. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $64.25

GENERAL BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0503 16/20 July 2, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. WF Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to cellular biology for students preparing for the health professions. Major concepts include the structure, reproduction, and metabolism of cells; genetics; ecological perspectives; and evolutionary biology. Prerequisites: COMPASS reading score of 81 and writing score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $11.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Develop a list of characteristics of living things, and arrange the levels of organization from simplest to most complex
  • Demonstrate the methodology of scientific inquiry by using observation, experimentation, data collection and interpretation in everyday problem solving and generation of new knowledge
  • Recognize that the proper subject matter of science is the natural (physical) world and that all science is based on common laws or principles
  • Distinguish between inorganic and organic compounds, and describe the properties of carbon that make it the central component of organic compounds
  • Identify the major functional groups present in organic compounds and describe their properties and interactions. Compare the functions and chemical compositions of the major groups of organic compounds: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids
  • Demonstrate the special properties of water that support life
  • Compare and Contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. Describe the structure and function of all of the organelles and their relationship to each other. Understand the fluid mosaic model of the cell membrane and how structure is related to function
  • Compare and contrast potential energy and kinetic energy. Describe how the first and second laws of thermodynamics relate to living systems
  • Explain the chemical structure of ATP and its central role in metabolism. Describe the relationship between enzyme properties and types and rates of chemical reactions
  • Describe the interdependence between photosynthesis and cellular respiration. Explain that all three domains of life must perform some form of cellular respiration
  • Discuss the significance of chromosomes in terms of their information content
  • Compare the roles of mitosis and meiosis in reproduction
  • Solve inheritance problems using Mendel’s principles
  • Relate the chemical and physical features of DNA to the structure proposed by Watson, Crick, and Franklin
  • Outline the flow of genetic information in cells from DNA to protein and how this process may be controlled
  • Articulate the scientific origins of biotechnological developments and evaluate the ecological, social, cultural, personal and ethical implications of those developments
  • Distinguish between environmentally induced and inherited abnormalities
  • Explain why evolution is the central theme of all biology, and how heritable variation and selection are the basis for evolution in a given environment
  • Use various laboratory techniques, including compound and dissecting microscopes and gel electrophoresis

HUMAN BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0504 17/20 June 30, 2014 11 a.m. 1 p.m. MW Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235
0505 9/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours: 10 a.m.-2 p.m., Tuesdays, July 22-Aug. 12

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0506: 10/21 and 11/18/14 (Tuesdays), 10 a.m.-2 p.m.

An in-depth approach to body systems, emphasizing the relationship between structure and functions. A laboratory course appropriate for non-science majors or for students beginning study in life sciences. Prerequisites: COMPASS Reading Score of 81 and Writing Score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 94. Additional Fee: $25.00. Section 0504 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe, recognize, label or diagram the arrangement of the atom with its subatomic particles
  • Determine bonding types or recognize descriptions of chemical bonding of atoms
  • Calculate pH and determine whether a solution is acidic, basic, or neutral based upon pH
  • Describe, recognize, and determine general characteristics of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids and evaluate their integration into the body via daily nutrition
  • List, describe, diagram, and locate within a cell the organelles and other cellular features such as the cytoskeleton
  • Diagram and describe the cellular processes of replication, transcription, translation, diffusion, osmosis, active transport, mitosis, meiosis, cell life cycle
  • List, describe, and recognize the major function and criteria for the classification of the four basic tissue types: epithelial, connective, muscle, and nerve
  • Label or list, describe or recognize the various layers of the skin and discuss their homeostatic interaction with each other and other body systems
  • Identify the major components of the skeletal system and describe the interaction of these components to the other body systems
  • Compare the types of muscle tissue by gross and microscopic structure, location, and function
  • Identify, describe and summarize the major components of the nervous system and describe the interaction of these components with other body systems
  • Diagram and describe the process of neural transmission
  • Identify, describe and contrast general and specific senses and evaluate homeostatic regulation of the body following internal and external stimuli
  • Locate, summarize and compare the endocrine organs and their hormonal functions within the body to maintain homeostasis
  • Name, summarize, determine function and differentiate the blood components
  • Designate, explain, and trace the heart actions with how they are initiated, identified, and controlled along with the resulting body reactions to these activities
  • Define, generalize and contract blood vessel anatomy and physiology with reference to pulse, cardiovascular disease, and major organ drainage
  • Summarize components and function of the lymphatic system emphasizing relationship to circulatory and endocrine systems and immune defense of the body
  • Label, describe, and contrast the various organs of the respiratory, digestive, reproductive and urinary systems with regard to function, structure and effect on other systems, including a brief summary of pre-natal development
  • Cite and interpret the need for proper nutrition for optimal metabolism with relation to its effect on all the major body systems and processes
  • Communicate summary knowledge of the importance of fluid, electrolytes, and pH balance to maintaining homeostasis with the systems and the body as a whole
  • Explore the systems of the body in the lab using models, posters, virtual models, and examination tools

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I

BIOL&241

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0506 8/24 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. MW Korpal, R. Bldg. 15, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Summer Quarter: 5:30-7 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays, June 30-Aug. 27

Additional Lab Hours for Fall Quarter: 3:30p.m-4:30p.m., Tues./Thurs. Sept. 23- Dec. 11

Provides students with the first course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of cells; tissues; and integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and sensory systems. Laboratory component included. BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional fee: $11.00.

Course Outcomes

  • Define, differentiate and correlate Anatomy and Physiology, the study of structure and function
  • Understand the structural organization of the human body including a basic knowledge of the 11 body systems, the organs included in each and their basic function
  • Know anatomical terms, body regions and directional terms
  • Learn basic chemistry and biology concepts as they relate to human anatomy and physiology
  • Develop a full understanding of the structure and function of the four basic tissue types that make up the human body which essentially “carries” out the functions of each body system
  • Specifically learn in detail the structure and function of the Integumentary, Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscopy using their own cheek swab slides as well as prepared histology slides
  • Develop essential dissection skills using preserved cats, brains and eyes
  • Perform basic neurological assessment tests such as opthalmoscopy, otoscopy and visual tests
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with new and recent breakthroughs on topics covered through individual research and scientific paper writing

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II

BIOL&242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0508 6/24 July 1, 2014 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. TTh Korpal, R. Bldg. 15, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0507: 5-6 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays, Sept. 22-Dec. 10

Additional Lab Hours for section 0509: 5-6:00p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept. 23rd-Dec. 11th

Additional Lab Hours for section 0508: 5:30-7 p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, July 1-Aug. 28

Provides students with the second course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of body organization and cardiovascular and lymphatic physiological processes. Includes immunology, respiratory, digestive, metabolic, excretory, reproductive and endocrine systems. Laboratory component included. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 241 or grade of C or 2.0 or better Additional Fee: $11.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the various concepts and principles presented with each body system to be covered in this course
  • Know detailed anatomical structures of specific internal organs studied
  • Appreciate the function and relevance of individual structures that make up the complete human being
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscope use with sample tissue slides of specific body organs
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Learn basic clinical skills such as auscultation, percussion, palpation, basic EKG reading, blood pressure reading and respiratory evaluation
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common clinical situations
  • Exhibit proficient dissection skills of preserved cats, sheep hearts and kidneys
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with computer-generated laboratory simulations of common clinical situations
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Demonstrate good relational dynamics during group
  • Presentations/homework assignments

MICROBIOLOGY

BIOL&260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0509 21/24 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0510: 3-7 p.m., Tuesday, Oct. 21 and Oct. 28

Additional Lab Hours for section 0511: 8 a.m.-12 p.m., Thursday, Oct. 30 and Nov. 6

Provides students with the content of diversity, structure, and physiology of beneficial and harmful microbes. Laboratory practice in identification of microbial species through culturing, staining, and biochemical testing. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional Fee: $36.00

Course Outcomes

  • Knowledge of the history of microbiology as a science
  • Historical perspectives of microbial classification, genetics and disease
  • Relate historical microbiology to current and past events where microbial organisms play a key role
  • Describe the roles of microbes in the environment, food technology, industry, biowarfare, and bioterrorism.
  • Identify and compare categories of cellular and acellular agents known as microbes
  • Identify and compare structures, functions, and characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
  • Understand the roles of chemicals and chemical structure, bonding, reactions, and organic macromolecules in growth and metabolism of microbes
  • Describe the conditions promoting growth of bacteria and viruses, including metabolism and nutrition
  • Identify and describe a selection of diseases of bacterial and viral etiology, including the structure and characteristics of the organism, the relationship with the host, and host defenses
  • Identify techniques in culturing a selection of organisms
  • Describe historical and current issues of prions and prion implicated diseases
  • Describe genetic transfer among bacteria and the consequences
  • Describe structure and function of the genome, mutations, gene transfer, and their use in recombinant DNA technology
  • Identify mechanisms of pathogenicity and resistance to antimicrobial agents
  • Describe the infectious disease process, symbiotic and parasitic relationships, and epidemiology
  • Identify mechanisms of resistance and immunity to infectious diseases, including nonspecific and specific host immune responses, role of immunization, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency
  • Discuss methods of physical, chemical, and chemotherapeutic control of microorganisms, and the roles of antimicrobial agents
  • Discuss and demonstrate correct technique in microscopy, staining, classification of microbes, along with aseptic / sterile lab techniques
  • Apply basic concepts of microbiology to the world outside of the classroom
  • Understand the diversity in populations affected by microbial diseases and the role of socioeconomic factors in control of these diseases

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

CAH 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3001 30/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109
3021 14/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Scott, P. Online
3011 21/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online

Credits: 5

Provides students with the basic techniques of medical word building using basic word elements. The class will be organized according to specific body systems and will include key terms and the introduction of anatomical, physiological and pathological terms. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3001 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of medical word building using basic word elements
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic terms that provide a solid foundation for medical terminology
  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of major prefixes of position, number and measurement, direction and other parameters
  • Demonstrate proficiency in pronunciation of various multiple medical terms that are common to a medical environment

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROFESSIONS

CAH 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3041 3/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online

Credits: 5

Provides an overview of the law and ethics a student should know to help provide competent, compassionate care to patients. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3031 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate proficiency in privacy of health information, standards for electronic transactions of health information and claims, security of electronic health information and national identifiers for the parties in health care transactions
  • Demonstrate proficiency by obtaining 7-hour certificate in the etiology, and epidemiology of HIV/AIDS, transmission and infection control, testing and counseling, clinical manifestations and treatment, legal and ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS and psycho-social issues of HIV/AIDS
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws surrounding the healthcare health care industry in general, an understanding of the various laws that affect allied health professionals and examine the various ethical issues in health care today per HIPAA
  • Discuss and explore the history and trends in health care, basic health care concepts and skills, various careers and pathways in allied health and personal and professional qualities of an allied health professional
  • Successfully participate in an allied health field study which may include site-visits to profession-specific sites, interviews with allied health care professionals, research job opportunities of various allied health positions and provide wage information
  • Create a professional resume, cover letter and Thank you letter/card
  • Work effectively as a team member
  • Explore, discuss and address cultural diversity in health care

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

CAH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3081 17/30 June 30, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Grimes, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3061 19/30 June 30, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Grimes, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3071 18/20 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. MW Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3051 28/30 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Grimes, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides training in the uses of Microsoft Windows and related programs with an introduction to Electronic Health Records. Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and 10-key techniques. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate keyboarding proficiency at 20wpm
  • Utilize Microsoft Windows programs and apply knowledge through a variety of vocationally related activities
  • Develop and manage technology based specialty related projects
  • Produce a resume, cover letter, educational plan and demonstrate knowledge of their specialty and higher education opportunities in their chosen field of study

KEYBOARDING

CAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2031 28/31 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding techniques; introduction to basic word-processing functions. Additional fee: $14.25.

Note: Section 2032 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

CAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20B1 13/17 June 30, 2014 12:30 p.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Calip, V. Bldg. 19, Rm. 122
2001 9/17 June 30, 2014 2 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 122

Credits: 3

Explore personal computer concepts from a user’s perspective. In this introductory course, learn computer terminology; run programs; save, retrieve, and search for files; use help; and perform computer maintenance. Develop basic skills in word processing, Internet, email and PowerPoint. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20C2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

WORD I

CAS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2021 6/17 June 30, 2014 4:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. Daily Calip, V. Bldg. 19, Rm. 122
2041 25/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use beginning word-processing techniques while creating and editing business documents. Create tables, columns, envelopes and mailing labels. Work with special features to track and review changes and compare documents. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20A2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

WORD II

CAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2091 2/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Explore advanced word processing with Microsoft Word. Perform mail merges, create styles, use advanced graphics tools, create basic forms with formulas, and utilize advanced report functions, including indexes. Create macros and modify the Word environment. Prerequisite: CAS 121 Additional Fee: $25.00

EXCEL I

CAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2051 15/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Create and analyze professionally formatted spreadsheets. Enter data, formulas and functions. Create charts and insert graphics. Sort and filter lists. Prerequisite: Math 82 skills preferred. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20D2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

EXCEL II

CAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20A1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use advanced spreadsheet features and functions to analyze and project data. Learn how to use what-if analysis tools such as scenarios and solver. Create macros; validate data; link worksheets/books; use pivot tables; find errors; and share, merge, and protect workbooks. Prerequisite: CAS 130.

POWERPOINT

CAS 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2081 17/25 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Create professionally formatted presentations that include animation and transitions. Insert and format charts, graphics, diagrams and pictures. Save presentations for various delivery options. Additional Fee: $14.25

PUBLISHER

CAS 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2061 11/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explore desktop publishing in this project-based class. Create and edit flyers, newsletters, brochures, logos, calendars and various business publications. Use mail merge to create letters and labels. Use tools to edit text, colors, graphic design objects and logos. Prepare files for commercial printing. Additional Fee: $23.75

ACCESS I

CAS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2071 8/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Develop basic relational databases as you create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Define field properties and create relationships. Run, sort and filter queries. Use comparison and logical operators, and perform calculations. Explore the basics of creating a cohesive database. Additional Fee: $14.25

CHEMICAL CONCEPTS W/LAB

CHEM&110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0510 15/20 July 3, 2014 2:30 p.m. 4:30 p.m. Th Celleri, A. Bldg. 21, Rm. 231

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0510: 11 a.m.-1 p.m., Fridays, July 11-Aug. 29
Section 0513: 8-10 a.m., Wednesdays, Sept. 24-Dec. 10, Building 21, Room 231
Section 0512: 3-5 p.m., Thursdays, Sept. 25-Dec. 11, Building 21, Room 231

An introduction to chemistry intended for non-science majors. This course looks at how models of atoms, bonding and the structures of materials provide an understanding of common chemical properties and reactions. Co-requisites: Students who have not completed MAT 99 or achieved a COMPASS score of 76 or higher on College Algebra must take MAT 99 concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00. Hybrid, except for section 0513.

INTRO TO CHEMISTRY

CHEM&121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0511 12/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0511: 8-10 a.m., Fridays, July 11-Aug. 29
Section 0514: 8-10 a.m., Fridays, Sept. 26-Dec. 5, Building 21, Room 231

Understanding the metric system, atomic theory, bonding, quantitative relationships, solutions, gases, acids and bases, salts, and nuclear chemistry. Lab included. Prerequisite(s): CHEM& 110 or high school chemistry; co-requisite: MAT 99 or higher or appropriate COMPASS placement concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00

PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS

CIT 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5401 4/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Introduction to programming concepts while enforcing good programming style and logical thinking. Designed for students with little or no programming language experience, it begins with basic general programming concepts and key concepts of structure. Course then progresses to the intricacies of decision-making, looping, array manipulation, and methods. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand basic computer and programming terminology
  • Understand problem solving techniques and how they apply to application design and implementation
  • Demonstrate understanding of programmatic decision making and control structures with Visual Basic
  • Demonstrate understanding of fundamental data types, their storage, and basic manipulation with Visual Basic
  • Demonstrate understanding of basic input-output devices or constructs and their use with Visual Basic
  • Design, write, debug, & test simple applications using fundamental programming constructs, tools, & techniques

.NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5431 4/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Learn to program using .NET Framework with focus on windows and console. Use decision structures, loops, and arrays to solve problems. Apply exception handling and data validation to programs. Use the predefined libraries in .NET Framework to solve problems. Create methods and learn to pass and return arguments. Create classes and use the classes as objects in programming. Use databases to store and retrieve the data from the applications. Prerequisites: CIT 142, CIT 150. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this

WEB DESIGN PRINCIPLES

CIT 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5481 15/20 July 1, 2014 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Explores how the web works and methods and limitations of delivering content on the web. Examines usability issues such as interface design and structure, and how to accommodate a wide variety of viewports, from smartphones to cinema screen computer monitors. Students will build a four-page portfolio style website using Notepad and Photoshop, and post it to the internet. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the principles and limitations of delivering content on the web to computers and mobile devices
  • Write HTML 5 and CSS 3 in Notepad
  • Understand and apply the CSS Box Model to Interface Design
  • Optimize graphics in Photoshop
  • Build a 4 page website with Responsive navigation
  • Upload to a web server

JAVA OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING I

CIT 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5441 19/20 June 30, 2014 11 a.m. 12:50 p.m. MW Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Construct a foundation of procedural programming concepts and skills requisite for professional object-oriented software development. Use Java, a modern structured, object-oriented language, to develop your problem-solving and algorithm formulation skills. Prerequisite: CIT 101. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn basic java programming skills related to procedural programming constructs involving decision structures, loops and arrays
  • Learn the concepts of object-oriented programming
  • Solve small scale problems’ using the various programming constructs
  • Familiarize with the usage of the JAVA API
  • Explain what classes and objects mean

PRINCIPLES OF RELATIONAL DATABASES

CIT 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5411 11/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Delve into the fundamental concepts, terminologies, methodologies, and system organizations of database management systems. Develop the theoretical foundation of understanding necessary to design, implement, optimize, query and maintain a database system. Propose, design and develop a database, using a relational database management system to reinforce the theoretical concepts. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Compile and Organize Data
  • Understand data types
  • Work with database structures and terminology (tables, records, fields, etc…)
  • Understand and work with relationships such as primary and foreign keys
  • Understand and apply normalization to database structure
  • Define constraints to database field information
  • Gain a foundation is Structured Query Language (SQL)

ADVANCED WEB DESIGN

CIT 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54B1 9/20 July 1, 2014 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides demonstrations and practical exercises for using HTML and CSS to create attractive and well-formed web documents. Prerequisites: CIT 118, CIT 120. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand web standards and the advantages of using standards-based design
  • Understand the differences between HTML and XHTML
  • Write HTML that validates to W3C web standards
  • Understand the basic syntax of CSS
  • Understand CSS cascade order and inheritance
  • Convert table-based page layouts to CSS-based page layouts
  • Build web pages using semantic HTML and CSS-based layout without HTML tables
  • Write CSS that validates to W3C web standards

EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

CIT 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54C1 2/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Introduces emerging technologies such as website usability, usability testing, keyword analysis, website optimization, web payment systems, search engine optimization (SEO), and search engine marketing (SEM). New technologies are always changing and therefore the material is subject to change based on instructor discretion. Prerequisite: CIT 206 or co-requisite. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Create a simple, static ecommerce web site using CSS without tables
  • Understand and apply the principles of search engine optimization
  • Perform a keyword analysis using keyword tools
  • Set up a PayPal account and use PayPal Buy Now Buttons to collect payments
  • Set up search engine marketing (pay per click) accounts and campaigns
  • Understand and apply web site usability principles to web site design
  • Conduct web site usability tests
  • Optimize a web site for speed

ADVANCED .NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5461 9/20 June 30, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2 p.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Learn advanced .NET programming — writing classes, working with indexers, delegates, events and overload operators. Work with databases using ADO.NET, data sources and datasets, XML files, LINQ. Prerequisite: CIT 116. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Review .Net Programming fundamentals and syntax working with numeric, string, and date data; coding control structures, procedures, and event handlers
  • Work with arrays and collections like Lists
  • Learn to debug applications
  • Create classes and use them in Forms
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions. Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Create applications that use ADO.Net to interact with the database
  • Explore advanced object-oriented concepts

.NET PROGRAMMING FOR THE WEB

CIT 214

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5471 6/20 July 1, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2 p.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Earn professional experience in analyzing, designing, and developing active, commercial web applications for the Microsoft web server using Microsoft ASP.NET with C#, connecting to Microsoft relational database management systems. Prerequisite: CIT 116. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe these terms: web application, web page, web form, client, server, HTTP, HTML, HTTP request, HTTP response, postback, and round trip
  • Distinguish between static web pages and dynamic web pages
  • Design, develop, and test a multi-page web application that uses a data source to get data
  • Apply Styles, CSS Properties, and Manage Styles windows to apply and work with any of the styles that are available to a form
  • Create web pages using server controls and validation controls.
  • Understand the difference between server controls and html controls
  • Manage state for your web pages using web.config, cookies, and/or sessions
  • Use a master page to provide the elements that are the same for a set of content pages
  • Use TreeView, Menu, and/or SiteMapPath controls for site navigation
  • Use a database to make the website dynamic

.NET PORTFOLIO

CIT 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5421 0/20 July 1, 2014 11 a.m. 12:30 p.m. TTh Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Develop a portfolio that uses the concepts learned in .NET classes. Learn and use source control to maintain code, working in teams, and testing techniques. Apply latest web trends in .NET framework to keep current with the industry. Present this portfolio to an audience. Prerequisite: CIT 214. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc.
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems.
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops.
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions. Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs.
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods.
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes.
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this.

CLIENT-SIDE WEB PROGRAMMING

CIT 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54D1 1/20 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of working with JavaScript. Applies variables, objects, arrays, strings, conditional statements and external data to create dynamic, interactive web pages. Prerequisite: CIT 220. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basic syntax of the JavaScript programming language
  • Declare and use variables
  • Create and use functions
  • Understand the object-based nature of the JavaScript language
  • Use JavaScript objects, methods, and events
  • Understand and use arrays
  • Use IDs and event handlers with JavaScript
  • Handle HTML forms and form validation using JavaScript

WEB ANIMATION

CIT 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54F1 2/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Build complex animated advertisements, interactive games and slideshows in both jQuery and Flash. Animate menu and div box transitions using HTML5, CSS3 and jQuery. Prerequisites: CIT 118, CIT 120. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Know when to use scripted animation and when to use timeline animation and why Apply simple algebra to scripting to achieve organic movement
  • Understand Object Oriented Programming (OOP) in Actionscript 3
  • Use Jquery, HTML 5 and CSS 3 for Animation

WEB DEVELOPMENT II

CIT 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5491 2/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides practical experience in integrating PHP and MySQL to create dynamic web sites, including database-driven content pages, content management systems, and interactive forms. Prerequisite: CIT 210, CIT 220. Additional Fee: $23.75

  • Design and implement MySQL databases for e-commerce web sites
  • Use the phpMyAdmin tool to administer MySQL databases
  • Use PHP to retrieve data from, and store data in MySQL databases
  • Combine PHP and MySQL to create dynamic web sites
  • Develop database-driven content management systems
  • Design and develop dynamic, interactive web forms

DATA & LOGIC STRUCTURES

CIT 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5451 5/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Expand your understanding of object-oriented programming techniques by implementing abstract data types as data structures in solving complex computing problems. Study the fundamental algorithms of computer science while using mathematical principles to analyze the efficiency of their implementation. Prerequisite: CIT 143. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze code focusing on the efficiency of the structures used
  • Learn and investigate different sorting algorithms
  • Delve into different data structures like Stacks and Queues, Linked Lists, Trees, Sets and Maps
  • Understand data structures like Search trees and Graphs

INTERNSHIP

CIT 299

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54A1 1/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Earn college credit by applying learned technical skills in professional work experiences directly related to your studies in Computer Information Technology. Perform 165 hours of part-time or full-time labor as an intern with a public or private enterprise, as a paid employee, or as a volunteer. Study and practice in resume building, interviewing, and job-search skills by actually identifying and then applying for an intern position. Work site supervisor and CIT faculty will jointly evaluate your performance. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Apply and Enhance technical skills learnt in the program on a live project
  • Demonstrate accountability and professionalism at workplace by attending meetings and submitting status reports
  • Escalate issues and seek timely help when tackling a project
  • Share with the other students the deliverables from the internship

PUBLIC SPEAKING

CMST&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0513 19/24 June 30, 2014 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. MW Calip, V. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0514 20/24 July 1, 2014 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TTh Sorenson, T. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0512 17/24 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MW Sorenson, T. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0515 19/24 July 1, 2014 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. TTh Dotson, T. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230

Credits: 5

An Open Course Library class; inexpensive course materials. Assists students in developing real-world oral communication skills. Capture the dynamics of today’s business realities and see the benefits of effective communication. Selection of topics, library research, analysis, oral style, use of visual aids, and preparation and delivery of various types of speeches and oral presentations are included. The Internet, email, community interaction, and other practical tools support student learning and increase public speaking skills. Emphasis is placed in principles of cultural diversity. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

FOUNDATION FOR STUDENT SUCCESS

COLL 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2P81 0/20 July 1, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P21 14/20 July 1, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:05 a.m. TWTh Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
2P51 9/20 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MWF Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P41 18/20 July 1, 2014 7 a.m. 7:50 a.m. TWTh Van Beek, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205
2P31 16/20 July 1, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10 a.m. TWTh Hughes, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205
2P71 13/20 June 30, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:05 a.m. MWF Hughes, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205
2P11 19/20 July 1, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2P01 24/25 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MWF Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2P61 20/20 July 1, 2014 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. TWTh Curry, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205

Credits: 2

Learn the skills needed to succeed at Clover Park Technical College. This class is designed to prepare students to succeed in college. This course emphasizes college success strategies, study habits and campus resources. Jump-start your college career with a class that 80% of the students who have taken it say contributed to their success at CPTC. Anyone is welcome in Foundation for Student Success, but it is required for certificate- and degree-seeking students with COMPASS placement at or below MAT 82 and/or ENG 82. This course requires attendance at an orientation at the start of each quarter in the Student Center, Building 23. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Note:

The 2P02 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W03 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P92 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W04 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P52 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W06 section of ENG 094. See the description of ENG 094 for details.

CAREER DEVELOPMENT

COLL 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS1D 13/0 July 7, 2014 4 p.m. 7:45 p.m. M Lange, P. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 2

Explore career options and educational pathways related to the human services field. Develop an educational plan and timelines to achieve the pathway goal. Refine job acquisition skills and workplace communication skills related to targeted employment field.

MEASUREMENT, TOOLS & SAFETY

CONST105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2201 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to residential and light construction applications and trades. Explores and applies safety standards to the use of various hand and power tools associated with the carpentry field. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify carpentry tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use a measuring tape
  • Show understanding of proper lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate ability to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
  • Identify and correct safety hazards in a work area
  • Be familiar with standard building practices and why we do them

SITE LEVELING, PLANS, CODES & MATERIALS

CONST108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2211 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to use and operation of a builder level, including leveling and squaring a building site. Covers building plans, codes and inspections, and construction materials. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Proper use of a builders level
  • Level and square a building site
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic engineered lumber products
  • Identify basic lumber products

FOOTINGS & FOUNDATIONS

CONST112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2221 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the methods of construction footing and foundation forms, terminology, and inspections for the typical residential home. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Set foundation footings
  • Set footing Reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Set stem wall forms
  • Set stem wall reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Square, block and support all forms
  • Comply with Code requirements

FLOOR FRAMING

CONST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2231 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the construction procedures and terminology used in framing a residential wood floor. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of the floor system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different floor systems (Joists vs Post and Beam)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed for a specified floor system
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns used
  • Be familiar with different Simpson Metal hangers that may be required
  • Identify basic lumber products
  • Comprehend how a floor and foundation interact
  • Demonstrate proper techniques used to build a floor system

WALL FRAMING, SHEETING & CEILINGS

CONST120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2241 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to wall framing construction procedures and terminology, the application of ceiling and/or two-story framing, inspections, sheeting and aligning. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of a wall system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different wall systems (balloon framing and platform framing)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes as pertains to wall building
  • Calculate materials needed for walls to be built
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns and headers requirements
  • Familiar with Metal that may be required and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products to be used
  • Demonstrate proper technique for building walls
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOF FRAMING

CONST122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2251 4/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to roof framing and the use of a framing square, including both truss roof and stick-built residential roofs. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roof types and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing construction and finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products used in roofing
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOFING MATERIALS & INSTALLATION

CONST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2261 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to various roofing materials, including proper installation techniques. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roofing material and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper technique for finishing roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION

CONST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2271 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Introduction to basic stair construction, including the application of building codes, stairway arrangements, components and layout. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different stair types and terminology used in stair construction
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to stairs
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in stair construction
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic lumber products used in stair construction
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for constructing stairs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

EXTERIOR FINISH

CONST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2281 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the installation of exterior trim, siding, window and door installation, or the equivalent of typical residential homes. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different siding & trim types and terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to siding
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in siding and trim
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply (flashing)
  • Identify basic lumber products used in siding
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for siding and trim
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH I

CONST138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2291 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install Gypsum Wall board, tape and mud seams
  • Install numerous types of wall texture
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install, square and plumb interior doors
  • Install, caulk and prep interior trim
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH II

CONST142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22A1 5/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Continuation of interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build Standardized kitchen and bathroom cabinets
  • Be familiar with basic kitchen layout to include the working triangle
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper installation methods
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

DECK CONSTRUCTION

CONST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22B1 6/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to outside deck construction, including types, code requirements and safety. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install decks, rails and stairs as required
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

CARPENTRY TRADES

CONST150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22C1 6/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Introduction to trade regulations, other building trades workers, industry and standards organization, and entering the carpentry trade. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different Trades in the industry
  • Be familiar with licensing requirements
  • Compliance with code in all industries
  • Be aware of state and federal organizations affecting workers

INFECTION CONTROL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

COSMO112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5301 7/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 2

Acquire knowledge for successful and responsible infection control, first aid, and safety. Learn concepts of microbiology, safe handling of tools, proper dispensing of chemicals, and how to prevent the spread of bacteria in a school or salon. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5342 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Understand state laws and rules
  • List the types and classifications of bacteria
  • Define hepatitis and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and explained how they are used
  • Explain the differences between cleaning disinfection and sterilizing
  • List the types of disinfectants and how they are used
  • Discuss Universal Precautions
  • List your responsibilities as a salon professional
  • Describe how to safely clean and disinfect salon tools and implements

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR

COSMO116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5311 7/20 July 8, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Learn why professional hair services must be based on an understanding of the growth, structure and composition of hair. Gain skills in evaluating various hair and scalp conditions. Understand the purpose for draping and scalp massage as a foundation for attentive client care services. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5352 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Name and describe the structures of the hair root
  • List and describe the three main layers of the hair shaft
  • Describe the three types of side bonds in the cortex
  • Describe the hair growth cycles
  • Discuss the types of hair loss treatment
  • Describe the options for hair loss treatment
  • Recognize hair and scalp disorders commonly seen in the salon and school and know which ones can be treated by cosmetologists
  • List and describe the factors that should be considered in a hair analysis
  • Explain the two most important requirements for scalp care
  • Describe the benefits of scalp massage
  • Treat scalp and hair that are dry, oily, or dandruff ridden
  • Explain the rile of hair brushing to a healthy scalp
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of shampoo
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of conditioners
  • Demonstrate the appropriate draping for a basic shampooing and conditioning and draping for a chemical service
  • Identify the Three-Part Procedure and explain why it is useful

PRINCIPLES OF HAIR DESIGN

COSMO121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5321 7/20 July 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 2

Learn design and art principles as guidelines to assist you in achieving designs for the client. Gain skills in the consultation portion of hair design and practice good life skills and professional behaviors for salon success and effective communications. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5362 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

APPLICATIONS OF HAIRCUTTING AND HAIRSTYLING

COSMO136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5331 7/20 July 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 14

Introduces the techniques and tools of haircutting and hairstyling. Students will demonstrate proper use and care of all tools and implement effective infection control principles and practices. This course provides foundational skills for good hair design. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5372 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF HAIR CUTTING

COSMO141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5341 13/20 July 2, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. WThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Presents advanced skills and techniques that enable students to remain current with haircutting trends. Procedures and theory are reinforced to achieve desired effect. Infection control principles and practices are reinforced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independent practical applications of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independently determine proper combination haircuts on men and women utilizing all implements
  • Identify advanced haircutting tools
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

CHEMICAL TEXTURIZING

COSMO143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53G1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

The three main concepts of chemical texturizing: permanent waving, chemical relaxing and curl reforming. Includes theory, tool usage and client consultation. Includes infection control/safety as it relates to chemical texturing. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 and COSMO 247. Additional Fee: $75.00. Section 53C1 is web enhanced.

CHEMICAL TEXTURE SERVICES

COSMO144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53C1 10/20 July 7, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTW Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Presents the three main concepts of chemical texturizing: perming, relaxing with chemicals and reforming curls. This course covers the theory of chemical texturizing, tools used to achieve desired effect, infection control principles and practices, and client consultation.

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR COLORING

COSMO157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5351 13/20 Aug. 6, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. WThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 6

Introduces the creative artistry of color through the study of color theory, the color wheel, basic color applications and techniques, and basic formulation. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List the reason why people color their hair
  • Explain how the hair’s porosity affects haircolor
  • Understand the types of melanin found in hair
  • Define and identify levels and their role in formulating haircolor
  • Identify primary, secondary and tertiary colors
  • Know what roles tone and intensity play in haircolor
  • List and describe the categories of haircolor
  • Explain the role of hydrogen peroxide in a haircolor formula
  • Explain the action of hair lighteners
  • List the four key questions to ask when formulating a haircolor
  • Understand why a patch test is useful in haircoloring
  • Define what a preliminary strand test is and why it is used
  • List and describe procedure for a virgin single-process haircoloring
  • Understand the two processes involved in double-process haircoloring
  • Describe the various forms of hair lightener
  • Understand the purpose and use of toners
  • Name and describe the three most commonly used methods for highlighting
  • Know how to properly cover gray hair
  • Know the rules of color correction
  • Know the safety precautions to follow during the haircolor process

LAB CLINIC I

COSMO161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5361 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. WThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1

Credits: 6

Expand skills and knowledge by offering services to live models/clients in CPTC’s student clinic, a realistic salon environment. This course reinforces skills learned within the Cosmetology program and provides practice in advanced hairstyling and hair cutting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 112, 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC II

COSMO162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5381 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MWF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 100B
53U1 4/20 July 10, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. ThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL# 1

Credits: 8

Experience hands-on learning in a realistic salon setting. Fundamental and developing skills are reinforced and expanded as students provide services on live models/clients in CPTC’s cosmetology clinic. Effective client/student interaction will be practiced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 and 157, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Perform referral practices to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC III

COSMO170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53D1 6/20 July 10, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. ThF Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1
53H1 15/20 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. TThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 9

Gain hands-on experience in Clover Park Technical College’s student clinic. Skills learned in previous quarters will be reinforced, in addition to chemical texturizing and nail care services. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 162 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

COSMETOLOGY SALON BUSINESS PRACTICES

COSMO175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53W1 10/20 Aug. 18, 2014 3 p.m. 9 p.m. MTW Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
53V1 15/20 Aug. 11, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify two options for going into business for yourself
  • Explain the responsibilities of a booth renter
  • List the basic factors to be considered when opening salon
  • Name the types of salon ownership
  • Identify the information that should be included in a business plan
  • Explain the importance of record keeping
  • Identify the elements of sucessful salon operations
  • Explain why selling services and products is a vital aspect of a salons

STUDY OF NAILS

COSMO179

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53J1 15/20 Aug. 11, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166. Additional Fee: $ 75.00. Web enhanced.

ARTIFICIAL HAIR

COSMO180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5391 13/20 Aug. 26, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 1

Provides an overview of basic alternatives in artificial hair products and services. Students learn application and removal techniques and select appropriate forms of attachment to achieve intended outcomes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms as they relate to artificial hair
  • Identify human versus synthetic hair
  • Recognize and identify types of hair pieces
  • Apply and remove current hair extension practices

General Study Of Nails

COSMO182

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53F1 10/20 Aug. 11, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTW Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 3

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the four types of nail implements and/or tools required to perform a manicure
  • Explain the difference between reusable and disposable implements
  • Describe the importance of hand washing in nail services
  • Explain why consultation is necessary each time a client has a service in the salon
  • Name the five basic nail shapes
  • List the types of massage movement most appropriate for a hand and arm massage
  • Explain the different between a basic manicure and a spa manicure
  • Name the correct cleaning and disinfection procedure for nail implements and tools
  • List steps in the post-service procedure
  • List steps in a manicure and pedicure

GENERAL SCIENCE OF SKIN

COSMO188

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53A1 13/20 Aug. 7, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Provides an introduction to esthetic sciences. Applications in temporary hair removal, skin care, and cosmetic applications are presented. Histology and the recognition of disease and disorders of the skin will be emphasized. Infection control principles and practices will be applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define key terms associated with the study of skin
  • Recognize and illustrate the layers of skin and its functions
  • Recognize disease and disorders of the skin
  • Perform waxing and tweezing procedures while observing infection control practices and principles
  • Perform and record skin consultations
  • Perform appropriate facial application as determined by learner
  • List and recognize cosmetics used during make up applications
  • Apply and remove basic, special occasion and corrective make up procedures including eyelash enhancements

ADVANCED HAIR COLORING

COSMO225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53B1 13/20 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 7

Reinforce skills and learn the rational for advanced hair color techniques. Current trend applications as well as corrective techniques will be used. Students will determine and implement all aspects of hair coloring. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 157 and 161, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms and products utilized in professional hair coloring
  • Independently determine and demonstrate proper procedures for virgin and retouch services involving coloring, bleaching and highlighting applications
  • Independently formulate all types of color and bleaching mixtures
  • Perform preventive and corrective steps to avoid or solve hair coloring problems
  • Perform and design trend hair color applications
  • Demonstrate all necessary safety, infection control principles and practices

CLOVER PARK PRACTICAL PREPARATION

COSMO228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53K1 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MWThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 3

Prepares students to take the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1- 4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all services required by the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam.

LAB CLINIC IV

COSMO230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53L1 4/20 July 2, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. WThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 9

Hands-on learning experience in Cosmetology clinic. Reinforced skills and knowledge will be demonstrated through client and student interactions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 170 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate client consultation as it pertains to requested service
  • Perform requested services interacting with clients
  • Apply acquired knowledge and techniques
  • Demonstrate Infection Control Principles and Practices

STATE BOARD WRITTEN TEST REVIEW

COSMO235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53M1 4/20 Aug. 5, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. T Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Prepares student to take the Washington State Cosmetology Written Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Quarters 1-4 or instructor approval Additional Fee: $75.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define industry vocabulary as it pertains to cosmetology
  • Understand the Principles and Practices of Infection Control
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Cosmetology Written Exam

CAPSTONE

COSMO243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53N1 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 6

Independently demonstrate knowledge and integration of cosmetology skills and concepts gained through the program. In this course students submit a cumulative portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program’s student learning outcomes. Students may also participate in work experience opportunities that will round out their skills and prepare them for employment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1-4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 53X2 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of Cosmetology skills and concepts
  • Develop a Portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program
  • Participate in work experience opportunities

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP I

COSMO248

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53P1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 1

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 33-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

ADVANCED APPLICATION OF HAIRSTYLING

COSMO249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5371 13/20 July 23, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. WThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Learn advanced hairstyling techniques to stay current with trends. Application of theory and procedures are combined to create specific looks. Infection control principles and practices are applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Independently demonstrate practical applications of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Demonstrate three basic techniques of styling long hair
  • Perform basic braiding procedures
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP II

COSMO250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53Q1 2/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 2

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 66-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP III

COSMO252

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53R1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 3

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 99-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP IV

COSMO254

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53S1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 4

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 132-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP V

COSMO256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53T1 2/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 160-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

SANITATION IN FOOD SERVICE OPERATIONS

CUL 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3201 21/26 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Presents the principles of food microbiology, food-borne illness and the standards enforced by regulatory agencies. Applied measures for the prevention of food-borne illness and other microbiological factors are incorporated. National Restaurant Association ServSafe Certification. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $100.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify common food pathogens and identify measures required for their control according to ServSafe and Pierce County Health code
  • Explain how pest management and cleaning schedules are important to a food safety facility
  • Demonstrate setting up a three sink compartment dish sink per Pierce County health code
  • Identify principles for receiving and storing safe food products per ServSafe standards
  • Classify types of cleaners and sanitizers according to chemical composition and use as outlined by manufacturer
  • Conduct a sanitation self-inspection of a production kitchen
  • List common causes of accidents and injuries in the food service industry and outline prevention safety measures according to ServSafe

PROFESSIONAL COOKING I

CUL 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3211 21/26 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Provides the student with a general understanding of the professional kitchen. Topics include kitchen safety; dishwasher procedures; how to handle food in a safe environment; selection of and caring for knives; understanding how a professional kitchen is organized; and the rationale, cleaning, and function of kitchen equipment. Students will learn to cut foods in a variety of shapes and to recognize and use a variety of herbs and spices. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $100.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify basic kitchen equipment and tools
  • Display proper knife skills, mise en place, hand tools and equipment operations
  • Identify herbs and spices and their uses according to reading and demonstrations
  • Identify cheeses and the different categories of cheese
  • Demonstrate and explain emulsion sauces and gastriques
  • Prepare five infused oils
  • Demonstrate the ability to prepare salads of good texture, color and flavor. These include two tossed, two composed and 2 bound salads

COOKING METHODS I

CUL 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3221 8/20 July 2, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will learn dishwashing and basic food preparation, to read and follow standardized recipes, deli operations, and station organization. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

FOOD PREPARATION I

CUL 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3231 21/26 July 29, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Practice and apply the skills of a restaurant cook. Students will learn the importance of organizing and planning their work stations as well as preparing items needed prior to actual cooking. Topics include fruit and vegetable varieties, uses and preparation. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $100.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify Classic Mother Sauces and two derivatives, finished dishes to industry standard
  • Identify basic vegetable cuts by name, size and shape
  • Demonstrate the ability to blanch and par cook a variety of vegetables
  • Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare salad dressings according to industry standards. Must include 3 creamy and 3 vinaigrettes style dressings
  • Demonstrate the ability to prepare cold and hot hors d’oeuvres, and canapés with base, spread, main ingredient and garnish
  • Recognize and prepare risotto, polenta, gnocchi
  • Prepare a variety of egg dishes, breakfast potatoes, pancakes and waffles

COOKING METHODS II

CUL 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3241 8/20 July 2, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. They will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 109. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

COOKING METHODS III

CUL 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3251 5/20 July 2, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 123 Additional Fee: $100.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently
CIT 297

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Use existing programming skills to learn a new topic or a more advanced area of a previously covered topic

DENTAL SCIENCES II

DAS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7701 13/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Explores the general characteristics and uses of dental materials, and covers oral pathology conditions in the oral cavity. This course is also designed to provide the necessary information to accurately identify each of the body’s systems, functions, and how they interact with each other. The student will explore the structures of the head and oral cavity. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103-118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $237.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe abnormal oral conditions and ways to prevent transmission of these diseases or conditions in the dental office
  • Describe fundamentals of a cavity preparation, placement of a tofflemire and matrix band, and identify a variety of dental cements, their properties, uses, and proper manipulation
  • Demonstrate proper manipulation of various dental materials
  • Describe orally related conditions that affect the older patient
  • Describe the major medical disorders that can affect a patient's oral health
  • Describe the type of dental management a medically compromised patient would receive

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS II

DAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7721 13/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 11 a.m. M Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 6

This course will introduce the student to advanced study model principles, coronal polish and fluoride treatments, advanced moisture control to include the application of rubber dams, intermediate charting, and dental instruments and hand pieces. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103-118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate proficiency in applying and removing rubber dams
  • Demonstrate proficiency in performing coronal polish and fluoride application
  • Demonstrate taking an accurate preliminary impression and pouring up and trimming a diagnostic cast
  • Accurately chart intraoral conditions for a patient utilizing the Universal Charting system at 100% accuracy
  • Identify the parts of a dental instrument and describe how instruments are identified
  • Identify the categories and functions of dental burs, instruments, and handpieces and describe when each would be utilized in a dental procedure
  • Demonstrate proficiency in changing dental burs in various dental handpieces in a timely manner

DENTAL SPECIALITIES I

DAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7711 13/20 July 3, 2014 10 a.m. 11 a.m. W Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 3

Explores in depth the dental specialties of endodontics, orthodontics and periodontics. This course introduces the students to periodontal charting. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe various orthodontic procedures and identify the instruments associated with them
  • Describe the indications and contraindications for endodontic treatment and the sequence of endodontic procedures
  • List and recognize instrument used for endodontic procedures
  • Describe causes, signs, treatment, and instruments associated with diseases of the supporting structures of the teeth
  • Demonstrate proficiency at recording a periodontal chart at 100% accuracy

PRINCIPLES OF RADIOGRAPHY II

DAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7731 14/20 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 10 a.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces students to intraoral and extraoral radiographic imaging, legal issues associated with radiography, and manual and automatic processing techniques. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 – 118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the exposing of radiographs, types of x-ray film, care of dental film, and infection control in dental radiography
  • Demonstrate exposing, processing, and mounting radiographs
  • List and describe the advantages and disadvantages of digital radiography
  • Describe the components of informed consent with regard to dental imaging
  • Describe the Consumer-Patient Radiation Health and Safety Act
  • Describe the components of a quality assurance program

CERTIFICATION REVIEW I

DAS 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7741 14/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online

Credits: 1

Prepares students to take the Infection Control Exam through the Dental Assistant National Board. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–118 prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $237.00

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the Infection Control exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II

DAS 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7751 17/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Arranged

Credits: 10

Provides Dental Assistant students with the opportunity to use the advanced skills and information acquired in DAS 103-237. Students will spend 270 hours rotating through a minimum of two private offices or dental clinics. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 - 237, Infection Control certification, all college-level general education courses, and completion of the Radiation Health & Safety component prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $226.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the materials, lectures, videos, guided practice sessions and assessments, the performance objectives have been brought forward to the clinical experience courses and must be performed with at least 75% accuracy

CERTIFICATION REVIEW III

DAS 243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7771 17/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 1

This course will prepare the student to take the final component of the Dental Assistant National Board exam, General Chairside. Upon successful completion of the exam and all Dental Assistant courses, the student will receive their Certified Dental Assistant credential and will be eligible for graduation. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–237, Infection Control certification, and their Radiation Health & Safety component prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting. Additional Fee: $237.00

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the General Chairside exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

DENTAL TERMINOLOGY & PROCEDURES

DBOA 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0431 13/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces information to correctly recognize and identify various occupations within the dental environment. Terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Information provided to accurately identify the names and numbers of teeth in the primary and permanent dentition. Students will complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS course. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and recognize the duties and responsibilities of the various occupational roles within the dental field
  • Recognize and utilize basic dental terminology frequently used in the dental office
  • Research dental treatment procedures
  • Complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS self-study Course

DENTAL CHARTING, SCHEDULING & RECALL MANAGEMENT

DBOA 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0441 14/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explores dental charting symbols and treatment descriptions. Develop, decipher and present a comprehensive treatment plan. Covers the necessary information to accurately develop a patient recall system and maintain productive and effective patient scheduling. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the Dentrix Dental Software to learn and practice dental charting, scheduling & recall procedures. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize, interpret and present various charting methods and symbols commonly used in the dental practice at 75% accuracy
  • Recognize dental terms, treatment procedures, and the cost and time involved in dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Demonstrate their ability to develop, decipher and present a treatment plan at 75% accuracy
  • Accurately demonstrate an understanding of the various ways of utilizing time units, dental staff abilities and patient needs to effectively schedule patient dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Develop an appointment matrix and schedule patients for appropriate treatment and appointments at 75% accuracy. These tasks will be completed manually and in the Dentrix Dental Practice Management software
  • Role play as a dental team member in a “morning huddle" classroom demonstration at 75% accuracy
  • Develop a patient recall system electronically using Dentrix at 80%
  • Identify the teeth and radiographic landmarks and mount radiographs at 90% accuracy

DENTAL CORRESPONDENCE & EMPLOYMENT SKILLS

DBOA 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0451 9/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Explores a wide variety of dental office forms and development of manual and computerized inventory filing systems. Organizational skills are the primary emphasis of this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Prepare records for filing, apply alphabetical indexing rules and demonstrate the rules of filing
  • List and explain various types of inventory systems and factors determining supply quantity
  • Construct supply orders for the clinical and business office areas of a dental practice
  • List the components and describe the function of a clinical record and explain the rules for data entry
  • Identify and categorize various types of records maintained in a dental office and distinguish between active and inactive records.

DENTRIX ADVANCED TRAINING

DBOA 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0461 18/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 2

Provides expanded Dentrix software skills to students with basic Dentrix Dental Software training and/or experience. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the software. Students will demonstrate setting up practice defaults in the Office Manager module, manage electronic charting in the Dentrix Dental Software, pursue dental insurance claims processing and payment posting processes, and explore and generate management reports. Prerequisite: DBOA 111 and/or industry experience with the Dentrix Dental Software. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Manage electronic charting in the Dentrix dental software
  • Pursue Dental Insurance claims processing and payment posting processes in the Dentrix software

INTRODUCTION TO COMMERCIAL INTERIOR DESIGN

DSN 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3601 10/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

This course provides an introduction to commercial interiors. Contents include areas of practice, ADA and code compliance, and commercial design case studies. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify areas of practice in commercial design
  • Utilize commercial/contract design magazines to become familiar with the commercial design world, including products, manufacturers, news-worthy projects, design and architectural firms and trends
  • Identify what makes different commercial interior spaces feel and function the way they do, and attract certain clientele/customers through a commercial space observation
  • Identify non-residential requirements in ICC/ANSI and ADAAG
  • Experience obstacles people in wheelchairs face within building interiors through a wheelchair exercise
  • Access resources for the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design
  • Utilize the ADA Standards for Accessible Design to identify some common barriers found in public buildings, as well as solutions to these problems
  • Access the 2009 International Building Code (IBC) for commercial building environments and identify the main areas used for Interior Designers
  • Recognize and identify building codes as they apply to interior environments

GREEN DESIGN: AN OVERVIEW

DSN 214

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3641 5/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

Learn the basic fundamentals of green design. What is this new concept of living? When did it begin, and how far have we come? How can it benefit our lives and our planet? In this brief overview, students will study relevant vocabulary and examine the basics of sustainable design. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Define and identify elements of Interior Design
  • Understand what green design is
  • Identify elements of green design
  • Define and understand important green design terms
  • Understand the history of human and environmental interactions as they relate to green design and today’s environment
  • Understand and explain the benefits of building green
  • Summarize and comment on personal research related to our environment and/or green design
  • Identify and understand the basics of different Green Building Rating Systems, Guiding Principles, and Certification Programs
  • Understand the interior designer’s role in the Green Design industry

CAD I

DSN 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3611 10/30 July 15, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Introduction to CAD (Computer Aided Drafting). The successful student will learn the basic functions and commands to produce drawings for interior design construction. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize and identify the different parts of the AutoCAD User Interface
  • Modify and save a workspace in AutoCAD
  • Set up a new drawing in AutoCAD
  • Set up layers in AutoCAD
  • Correctly use basic AutoCAD commands to create shapes and working drawings
  • Modify objects in AutoCAD
  • Add text and dimensions to an AutoCAD drawing
  • Plot an AutoCAD drawing.

A CLOSER LOOK AT LIVING GREEN

DSN 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3661 5/20 July 15, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

Live a greener life. Students will learn the Seven Paths to a Good Green Home and take a closer look at what the interior design field can do for the green cause by studying the text and reporting on local case studies. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the Seven Paths To a Good Green Home
  • Identify products/concepts relating to: Know Where You Are, Size Matters, You Have The Power, Build For Today and Tomorrow, Clean Living: Protecting Our Air And Water and Build A Better Wall
  • Identify the fundamental principles of green building and the requirements for Built-Green
  • Identify sustainability through buying food from regional sources
  • Identify resources in the community that can assist with practical suggestions for a healthier and more environmentally sustainable future

BUILDING THE GREEN LIFE: MATERIALS AND ESTIMATING

DSN 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3651 5/20 July 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

Finding and specifying the right green products for your project will benefit both your client and your planet. Students will become familiar with green resources, as well as when and where to specify green products for their projects. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify what makes an interior product “green”
  • Research products to discover their green attributes
  • Find local resources for green and sustainable products
  • Present their green product findings verbally and in writing
  • Estimate product quantities for a project

PROJECT GREEN: DEVELOPING A GREEN DESIGN

DSN 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3671 5/20 Aug. 18, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

The student will design and present a sustainable interior space. Students will spend class time developing a green design based on knowledge obtained throughout the quarter and present to the class, in preparation for real life green design proposals. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Develop and write a design concept statement
  • Specify appropriate interior products for a sustainable design project
  • Organize product specifications and information in a professional spreadsheet and binder
  • Prepare a visual presentation of their sustainable interior design concept
  • Make an oral project presentation to the class explaining their design concept and products chosen

DESIGN I

DSN 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3621 10/30 Aug. 4, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Using provided programming information, students will be introduced to space planning for commercial interiors, including programming, design schematics, ADA standards for accessibility and code considerations. Prerequisites: DSN 216. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Identify elements of Design Programs and Building Shells
  • Use the bubble diagramming technique and circulation studies to quickly explore all the planning options of a given space planning problem
  • Develop a rough floor plan with consideration to plumbing, major spaces, circulation, basic room allocations and furniture and equipment
  • Comply with barrier-free design standards for commercial design
  • Comply with building code requirements for commercial design
  • Complete a student project collaboration review
  • Complete a full space plan utilizing stated objectives and standard drafting techniques

20TH CENTURY & CURRENT DESIGN PHILOSOPHIES & SIG

DSN 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3631 10/30 Aug. 19, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 3

Includes the study of historically significant 20th- and 21st-century designers and architects, their philosophies, and the role of their significant historic works. Additional Fee: $14.25

Course Outcomes

  • Identify some notable designers and architects of the 20th and 21st century
  • Research a designer’s life and identify his/her: individual style and methods, design philosophy, significant works and historic significance
  • Present findings in a PowerPoint presentation
  • Cite references using the APA Format

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3681 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 3

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor Approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3691 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, students will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 275

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36A1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form ( including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

NATURE AND THE OUTDOOR CLASSROOM

ECE 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4101 8/20 July 10, 2014 5:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Th Chase-Deitrich, D. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Gain skills and knowledge on the components of an outdoor classroom. Ways to incorporate creativity while supporting children as they explore nature in the environment will be included, as well as sustainable practices for young children. Additional Fee: $6.00

ISSUES AND TRENDS GREEN

ECE 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4111 5/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research topics that cover some of the current sustainable practices and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

SCHOOL AGE MATH, SCIENCE, AND TECHNOLOGY

ECE 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4121 7/20 July 7, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Kaasa, M. Online

Credits: 3

Explore the different aspects of the school age curriculum in science, math, and technology. Additional Fee: $34.00

ECE CURRICULUM: MATH

ECE 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4131 20/20 July 9, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Lockhart, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 120

Credits: 2

Explore the different aspects of early childhood curriculum in mathematics. Additional Fee: $6.00

ECE CURRICULUM: SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY

ECE 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4141 19/20 July 8, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Lockhart, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Explore the different aspects of early childhood curriculum in science and technology. Additional Fee: $6.00

PRACTICUM 4: GREEN

ECE 190

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4161 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a sustainable practices or “green” specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $9.00

PRACTICUM 4: THE EMOTIONALLY INTELLIGENT CHILD

ECE 194

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41SZ 1/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lockhart, S. Bldg.
4171 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with an emotional intelligence specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM 4: WORKING WITH FAMILIES

ECE 198

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4181 1/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a working with families specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

BASIC CHILD CARE TRAINING (STARS)

ECED&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
418Z 11/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Colombini, L. Bldg.
4191 8/20 June 30, 2014 6 p.m. 9:20 p.m. M Holland-O'Hern, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 120

Credits: 3

Designed to meet licensing requirements for early learning teachers and family home child care providers, the STARS 30-hour basics course is recognized in the MERIT system. Topics include child growth/development, cultural competency, community resources, guidance, heath/safety/nutrition and professional practice. Additional Fee: $9.00

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

ECED&160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41A1 10/20 July 2, 2014 6 p.m. 10 p.m. W Havens, A. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Investigate learning theory, program planning, and tools for curriculum development promoting language, fine/gross motor, social-emotional, cognitive and creative skills and growth in young children. Additional Fee: $40.00. Web enhanced.

Intro To Ece Profession

ECS 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41UZ 3/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Colombini, L. Bldg.

Credits: 2

No description available.

Physical/Intellect Compt

ECS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41VZ 1/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Edmondson, R. Bldg.

Credits: 2

No description available.

Early Childhood Prof

ECS 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41WZ 0/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Edmondson, R. Bldg.

Credits: 2

No description available.

ECE PRACTICUM II

ECS 182

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
412Z 2/5 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Colombini, L. Bldg.
41C1 9/20 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 5 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Provides the student with practical field experience. Students will work at community child care centers or the Hayes Child Development Center on the Lakewood Campus, allowing them to apply classroom study to on-the-job situations. Includes a scheduled seminar. Text required. Additional Fee: $29.00

PRACTICUM IV INFANTS AND TODDLERS

ECS 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41HZ 2/5 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Chase-Deitrich, D. Bldg.
41D1 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with specialization in infants and toddlers. Additional Fee: $23.00

SCHOOL AGE ENVIRONMENT

ECS 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41F1 11/20 July 7, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Kaasa, M. Online

Credits: 2

Focuses on the environment suitable for the development of school-age children. Additional Fee: $31.00

PRACTICUM IV SCHOOL AGE

ECS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41G1 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with school-age specialization. Additional Fee: $23.00

ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EARLY CARE AND EDUCATION

ECS 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41H1 5/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research that covers some of the current issues and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

PRACTICUM IV - LEADERSHIP

ECS 286

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
413Z 1/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Chase-Deitrich, D. Bldg.
41J1 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a leadership specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. There is a focus on emotional intelligence and conducting meetings. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM IV - CHILD DEVELOPMENT

ECS 287

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41K1 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a preschool specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM IV - FAMILY CHILDCARE PROFESSIONAL

ECS 288

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41L1 0/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a family childcare specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

THEORIES OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT

ECS 292

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41N1 17/20 June 30, 2014 6 p.m. 10 p.m. M Felch, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Exploration of child development theories and their application to the education of young children. Additional Fee: $34.00. Web enhanced.

ECE PRACTICUM IV: SPECIAL NEEDS

ECS 297

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41P1 2/20 June 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with specialization in special needs. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

AC/DC: BASIC THEORY, FRACTIONS & OHM’S LAW

EFS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5801 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements of circuits, fractions, Ohm’s law, decimals, and decimal fractions. Formulas in electrical work, positive and negative numbers, exponents, powers of ten, and solving Ohm’s law. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter one and end of chapter test, the student will be able to explain the basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements, and circuits
  • Upon the completion of chapter two and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do fractions, ohms law, decimals, decimal fractions, and the metric system
  • Upon the completion of chapter three and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do formulas, positive and negative numbers, formulas with exponents, units of measurements in electronics, solving the ohms law formulas for current, voltage and resistance
  • Upon the completion of chapter four and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate and solve for voltage, resistance and current in a series circuit

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: SERIES PARALLEL & COMBINATION CIRCUITS

EFS 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5811 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to voltage, current, resistance, total values, and control of current in a series circuit. Introduction to parallel circuits, current and resistance, and voltage in a parallel circuit. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter five and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate total current, total resistance and total voltage in a parallel circuit
  • Upon the completion of chapter six and at the end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve parallel series circuits, series parallel circuits, line drop and electrical distribution systems
  • Upon the completion of chapter seven and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve for power in a simple circuit, combine un-like terms, total power in an electrical circuit, solve the power formula for current or voltage, and solve exponential power formulas
  • Upon the completion of chapter eight and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to combine like terms, combine unlike terms, solve algebraic equations, solve equations by transposition and cross multiplication, and combine unlike involving signed numbers

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: ELECTRICAL & POWER APPLICATIONS

EFS 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5821 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces electric power in electric circuits, solving the power formula for current and voltage. Algebra for complex electric circuits. Resistance of wire of different sizes and length, sizing wire for a given load. Instantaneous values, maximum values and phase angles of an AC sine wave. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 106, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter eleven and at the end of chapter test, the student will be able to solve for percentages, evaluate conversion factors for electrical and mechanical power, find efficiency of electronic components, determine input and output of electrical devices, load matching and power transfer
  • Upon the completion of chapter twelve and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve ratios and proportions, learn the American Wire Gage Table (AWG), resistance of wire of different materials, resistance of wire of different lengths, resistance of wire of different cross sectional area, and resistance of wire of any diameter, any length, or any material
  • Upon the completion of chapter thirteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to determine the maximum current carrying capacity of wires, find the maximum size of wire to a given load. Calculate the correct size of wire to prevent excessive voltage drop
  • Upon the completion of chapter fourteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain and perform basic trigonometric functions of a right triangle and find the length of sides of a right triangle
  • Upon the completion of chapter fifteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to make and explain graphs, the generation of an AC voltage, instantaneous values, maximum values, phase angles of an AC sine wave, effective values of an AC sine wave, measuring an AC sine wave, vectors and phase’s and the Pythagorean theorems and power

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PRINT READING

EFS 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5831 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to practical print reading as it applies to the National Electrical Code. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of each chapter of the NEC Print reading book, the student will demonstrate the ability to read prints as they apply to the National Electrical Code

NATIONAL ALARM INSTALLER TRAINING PROGRAM

EFS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5841 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basic alarm by completing the comprehensive lessons, viewing video, and completing lesson tests. With final test, the student will have a thorough exposure to alarm systems. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe basic alarm systems and components.
  • Getting started: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the three units of electricity, voltage, current and resistance, and basic Ohm’s Law formula
  • Relays: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe relays, their operation, and uses in alarm systems
  • Protective Circuits: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain voltage sources, intrusion detectors, connecting wiring, current indicators, protective loops, and end of line devices
  • Using a volt meter: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of the lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of volt ohm meters and their uses in the alarm industry
  • Installations tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the proper respect for tools, different types of screwdrivers and their proper use, special purpose screwdrivers and common hand tools used in the alarm industry
  • Installation and wiring: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the installation and wiring alarm systems in residential and commercial buildings, home running wiring, junction boxes, backbone or spine wiring, multi-conductor cables, wiring between floors of a building, concealing magnetic contacts, end of line resistors, and tamper switches

CCTV APPLICATION & DESIGN

EFS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5851 5/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components
  • Cameras & Lighting: Introduction: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain camera sensitivity, definition of CCD explanation and attributes, advantage of the chip camera over the tube type camera, CCD chip definition and description, dummy cameras, common rules of thumb and spectral response charts
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the student will describe lenses consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, cs style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters, and lenses terminology
  • Industrial time-lapse video recorders: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate industrial recorders versus consumer VCR’s, video recording and playback , time-lapse procedures, location and environment, audio recording with time-lapse, event recording, and options
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will select camera housings and camera mounting brackets
  • Video motion detectors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain video motion detection used and digital computer interfaced motion detection
  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES

EFS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5861 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 6

Introduces National Electrical Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable electrical codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NEC test the student will demonstrate the ability to use the computer and National Electrical Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NEC article and sub-paragraph

NATIONAL FIRE CODES

EFS 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5871 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 6

Introduces the National Fire Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable fire codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NFPA test the student will use the computer and National Fire Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NFPA article and sub-paragraph

CCTV FIELD SERVICE & INSTALLATION

EFS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5881 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces basic systems service and installation of CCTV systems. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV field service and installation. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of a CCTV system and its components
  • Camera Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the video accompanying tape and completing the end of section test, the student will explain camera tube and CCD comparisons, CCD explanations and attributes, CCD chip definitions, descriptions and common rules of thumb concerning cameras
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the students will explain lenses, consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, CS style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters and lenses terminology
  • Protective Circuits: Lenses selection tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of the lesson test, the student explain lenses selection, lenses slide rule focal length, field of view, illumination guide, lenses selection wheel and lenses view finder
  • Monitors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the application and size of monitors, location and layout, operator fatigue and monitor terminology
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate how to select camera housings and camera mounting brackets

WASHINGTON ADMINISTRATIVE CODES

EFS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5891 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the Washington Administrative Codes pertaining to industrial safety and to electrical installations in the state of Washington. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of Washington Administrative Code test the student will describe the WAC as applied to the electrical trade. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate WAC article
  • Upon completion of WAC RCW 19.28, WAC296-46 and WAC 296-401A the student will explain the WAC Codes applicable to the Low Voltage Industry

ADDRESSABLE FIRE SLC SYSTEMS/DESIGN

EFS 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58A1 0/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Addressable and Intelligent Fire Alarm Systems using Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application and design. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the 78-Credit Hour Electrician Low Voltage Fire/Security Certificate, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Addressable Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Intelligent Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Signaling Line Circuit as used with a Fire Alarm System
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Addressable Fire Alarm Systems

BIOMETRICS ACCESS

EFS 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58B1 0/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces biometrics access control. Various biometrics systems are explored, as well as computer programmed access-control systems. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, as well as hands-on practical application, installation and design. Prerequisites: EFS 207 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various Biometric Systems as well as their application
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the computer programming of various Access Systems
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of networking of various Access Systems

ADVANCED VOICE EVACUATION FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

EFS 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58C1 0/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Advanced Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems as used in high-rise applications. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 211 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Initiating Devises and Zoning Application of High Rise Installations
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Notification Devices and Voice Evacuation of High Rise Applications
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems and interconnections to Building controls such as elevator recall

FIRE CODES, NICET, NFPA

EFS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58D1 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Fire Codes, AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction), NICET (National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies), and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 216 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of National and Local Fire Codes
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including Acceptance testing and required periodic Inspections
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Requirements of the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technology
  • Demonstrate by practical application the National Fire Protective Association NFPA 72

HIGH SECURITY STRUCTURED CABLING

EFS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58F1 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces High Security Structured Cabling in residential and commercial applications. Explores cabling as a total package. Includes most applications of security and low voltage needs. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 221 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of High Security Structure Cabling
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Cable types and uses
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of NEC Code requirement for proper Installation of various cables
  • Demonstrate proper trouble shooting techniques on Structured wiring

CCTV DIGITAL NETWORK SOLUTIONS

EFS 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58G1 3/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Digital Network Solutions. Explores applications that require the camera to be recorded and viewed digitally and or remotely via various networks. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 226, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of Digital Recording
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Various Networking Solutions of CCTV
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Micro Applications using CCTV

BASIC READING AND WRITING

ENG 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W02 14/20 June 30, 2014 11:15 a.m. 12:10 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W03 18/20 June 30, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:10 a.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W41 9/20 June 30, 2014 2:05 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Introduces and develops basic reading and writing skills. Focus is on writing proper sentences and sound paragraphs that express a main idea clearly and fully with a minimum of errors in sentence structure, punctuation and spelling. Coursework emphasizes writing from observation as well as writing in response to reading. Helps refine reading comprehension and increase vocabulary for college-level reading requirements. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 5W02, 5W03 and 5W04 are web enhanced. Sections 2P31, 2P51, 2P02, and 2P92 are hybrid.

Note: The 5W03 and 5W04 sections of Basic Reading and Writing are part of College Success through Basic Reading and Writing, which are linked with COLL 101 2P31 and 2P51, respecitvely. Placed into English 082? Want to be a part of an active, social and engaging class? In this 7-credit Learning Community you will practice using time management, note taking and study skills while working on your English sentence structure, punctuation and spelling.

ADVANCED READING AND WRITING

ENG 094

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W07 12/20 June 30, 2014 11:20 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Martindale, K. Bldg. 10, Rm. 205
5W04 19/20 June 30, 2014 1:05 p.m. 2 p.m. Daily Avery, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111
5W05 23/30 June 30, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:05 a.m. Daily Avery, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111
5W08 28/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Martindale, K. Online

Credits: 5

Enhances writing ability with emphasis on organization, unity, coherence and adequate development of short essays. Introduction to various types of paragraphs and essays and review of the rules and conventions of standard written English. Both paper and electronic communication tools will be used. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 82. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 5W04, 5W05, 5W06, 5W07 and 5W08 are web enhanced. Section 2P71 is hybrid.

Note: The 5W04 section of Advanced Reading and Writing is part of College Success through Advanced Reading and Writing, which is linked with COLL 101 #2P71. Does writing an essay stump you? Do you worry that you may not have the study strategies you need to succeed in college? Worry no more! This 7-credit Learning Community helps with these and other issues, preparing you for College English and giving you skills that will improve the way you manage time, take notes, and read effectively and efficiently. Students assessed for English 094 may enroll.

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ENGL&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0519 29/30 June 30, 2014 2:35 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Martindale, K. Bldg. 10, Rm. 118
0517 30/30 June 30, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:10 a.m. MWTh Martindale, K. Bldg. 10, Rm. 118
0518 28/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Avery, L. Online
0520 28/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Gove, S. Online
0521 26/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Gove, S. Online
0516 29/30 June 30, 2014 11:25 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Avery, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Introduction to expository writing where emphasis is placed upon unified, coherent essays. Learn to generate essays that support a thesis and to use the rhetorical modes of development (narration, description, comparison/contrast, cause and effect, persuasion) appropriately. Recognize writing as a process and use secondary MLA/ APA documentation styles to support critical thinking and writing. Prerequisite: COMPASS score of 77 in writing and 86 in reading. Placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0516, 0517, 0519, 0522, 0532, 0535, 0536, and 0537 are web enhanced.

HAZARDOUS WASTESITE OPERATIONS

ENV 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4511 7/20 Aug. 4, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MTWTh Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102
4501 10/20 June 30, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MTWTh Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Training provided in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120 HAZWOPER Standard and WAC 296-843-20010. Training includes theory and application of incident management/command structures, response operation, toxicology, and planning, in addition to statutory requirements. Additional Fee: $33.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, demonstration and practicum students shall be able to properly and adequately perform initial and continuing site evaluation. 100% minimum standard is required on all practical exams
  • Given lecture, demonstration and practicum student shall properly select and use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). 100% minimum standard is required on all practical exams
  • Given lecture, demonstration and practicum student shall define and perform his/her appropriate role as set in applicable health and safety regulations. 100% minimum standard is required on all practical exams

INTERNSHIP

ENV 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4521 5/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 10

All students finishing the program are required to complete an internship. This is a temporary full-time position in the public or private sector where the student gains confidence and experience in a chosen area of employment. Students experience on-the-job opportunities as well as making a skilled contribution to the internship provider. Opportunities to find internships are provided, but the student is in charge of finding his or her own internship. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 246, Environmental Science Capstone required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Obtain an internship, sending both a resume and cover letter to them, using the telephone and having a personal interview
  • Perform internship of approximately 300 hours, both giving assistance and receiving educational instruction from the provider

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CAPSTONE

ENV 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4531 5/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Online

Credits: 2

This course accompanies ENV 240 Internship. The Capstone Project integrates the CPTC core abilities with the internship and identification of how the core abilities apply in the workforce. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 240, Internship required. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how each of the CPTC Core Abilities (Communication, Critical Thinking/Problem Solving, Information/Technological Literacy, and Personal/Professional Responsibility) is demonstrated in the individual’s internship experience
  • Identify skills learned in program coursework and how they are implemented in the internship experience
  • Identify skills learned during the internship not covered in program courses
  • Reflect how the internship process enhances the learning process and helps prepare one for employment

ENVIRONMENTAL CRITICAL AREAS

ENV 251

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4551 7/20 Aug. 6, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104
4541 7/20 July 7, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 7

Environmental critical areas, including wetlands, wildlife conservation areas, aquifer recharge areas, flood hazard and landslide areas are covered. Focus is on wetland delineation and reporting. Appropriate sections of federal, state and local regulations are addressed. Field trips to local sites. Delineation project on the campus wetland. Additional Fee: $33.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify five critical areas as described in Pierce County development regulations title 18E on written exams with 80%
  • Identify/define wetland types, function and value on written exams with 80% accuracy
  • In field laboratory setting identify 30 common wetland vegetation species with 80% accuracy
  • Perform wetland delineation at the intermediate level and write an analysis
  • report summarizing data collected

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6201 14/20 June 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 8:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 2

A comprehensive survey of the body systems and how they work as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Class projects include eukaryotic cell, cranial puzzle, muscles of the head and neck, and muscle flash cards. Additional Fee: $50.00

HISTOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN

ES 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6211 14/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

A comprehensive examination of the epidermis, dermis and hypocutis, including specialty cells and dermal adnexa. Examination of the physiology of the epidermal basement membrane, accessory organs of skin and epidermal differentiation as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Additional Fee: $50.00

INTRODUCTION TO COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6221 14/20 June 30, 2014 9:30 a.m. 10:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

Fundamentals of chemistry, including differences between organic and inorganic matter, simple chemical reactions, pH for estheticians, and composition of, as well as indications for, commonly used products for esthetic salon services. Additional Fee: $50.00

CHARTING AND MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIAN

ES 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6231 14/20 June 30, 2014 10:30 a.m. 11:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Survey of common medical charting notations and terminology employed in medical practice, particularly as it relates to spa, salon, and medical office environments. Additional Fee: $64.00

SKIN DISEASES & Disorder

ES 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6241 14/20 June 30, 2014 11:30 a.m. 12:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 5

Identify normal skin and anomalies of skin, including primary, secondary, and vascular lesions, as well as irregularities of skin pigmentation. Identification of skin diseases and differentiating from common noncontagious lesions is included. Additional Fee: $50.00

BACTERIOLOGY, SAFETY AND SANITATION

ES 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6251 14/20 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 2 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Overview of pathological and non-pathological microorganisms including bacteria, viruses, endo and ecto parasites, disease vectors and transmission. Levels of decontaminations pertaining to salon, spa and medical office venues. Additional Fee: $50.00

FACIAL PROCEDURES I

ES 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6261 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Introduction to facial procedures, including client intake and assessment, skin analysis, clinical indications and contraindications, European facial instruction, product selections and recommendations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES128, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

TEMPORARY HAIR REMOVAL

ES 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6271 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 3

Survey of temporary hair removal, including contraindications, methods of epilation including mechanical advantage, and safety and sanitation employed in the esthetics profession. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisites: ES125, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

MAKEUP APPLICATION

ES 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6281 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 2

History of makeup application. Course includes color theory and basic makeup application techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

SKIN CARE AND BODY TREATMENTS

ES 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6291 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Body treatments to include mud wraps, body scrubs, wet and dry room techniques, back treatments, and cellulite body treatments. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $64.00

MACHINE FACIALS

ES 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62A1 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Includes indications, contraindications and safety for electrical modalities including galvanic, high frequency, and microcurrent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES132, ES136. Additional Fee: $64.00

MICRODERMABRASION AND SUPERFICIAL PEELS

ES 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62B1 12/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Clinical exfoliation and desquamation techniques employing chemical and mechanical methods. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES132, ES134. Additional Fee: $64.00

SPA/CLINIC OPERATIONS

ES 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62C1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 3

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating point of sale, dispensary, laundry, spa and clinical operations and management positions. Additional Fee: $64.00

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS I

ES 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62D1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice. Additional Fee: $64.00

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS II

ES 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62F1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 8

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice and advanced modalities. Additional Fee: $64.00

BUSINESS PLAN AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

ES 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62G1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

Independent research and preparation of a business plan and portfolio as capstone project. Additional Fee: $64.00

CORRECTIVE CONCEALING MAKEUP

ES 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62H1 15/20 June 30, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

Theory and application of corrective and concealing techniques for makeup applications. Additional Fee: $64.00

BUSINESS SKILLS & PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR MEDICAL ESTHETICS

ES 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7201 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 5

This course includes kit preparation and simulation of state board examinations. Covers business skills necessary for the medical esthetician to succeed, incorporating résumé writing, cover letters, how to develop a business plan. Prerequisite: All courses included in first quarter of Medical Esthetics and proof of esthetic license from Washington State.

LASER THEORY

ES 242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7211 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 4

Covers necessary theory of laser and laser physics, types and styles of lasers, and what laser should be used for each skin type and condition. Includes first aid and safety. Prerequisite: All courses included in first quarter of Medical Esthetics and proof of esthetic license from Washington State.

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 252

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7221 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 2

In-depth study of cosmetic chemicals and product knowledge. Research papers will be produced consisting of chemical products, ingredients, and contraindications that may occur during a medical esthetic treatment. Prerequisite: All courses included in first quarter of Medical Esthetics, proof of esthetic license from Washington State.

CLINICAL LABORATORY FOR MEDICAL ESTHETICS

ES 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7231 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 10

Participate in practical application of medical esthetic skills and services while working with clients in the student-run clinic. Includes all machinery covered in ES 227. Also includes all safety, sanitation, first aid, and contraindications. Prerequisite: All courses included in first quarter of Medical Esthetics and proof of esthetic license from Washington State.

GPS TECHNOLOGIES

GEO 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4571 4/20 July 31, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104
4561 1/20 June 30, 2014 9:15 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 2

Use global positioning system equipment to create maps and to create files for use in ArcGIS (geographic information system). Focuses on Trimble GPS technologies. Analysis tools and layout features for map creation are covered. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

DIGITAL IMAGING II

GTC 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8501 13/20 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Builds on the fundamentals of Photoshop and introduces advanced imagery to include blending, advanced layers, advanced selections, vector tools, filters and tonal correction. Prerequisite: GTC 133 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $ 73.75

PREPRESS I

GTC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8511 14/20 July 3, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Students will learn to create, edit, and manipulate PDF files, to combine files into portfolios, and to secure PDF documents. They will also learn how to work with many of the advanced features of Adobe Acrobat, including OCR text recognition, pre-flight, print production tasks, touch up and commenting, proofing, live review and collaboration. Additional Fee: $73.75

INTRO TO VECTOR-BASED ILLUSTRATION SOFTWARE

GTC 169

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8521 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Vector-based software, tools and features will be used to create text and logos, apply image effects and design web graphics. The course incorporates branding and identifiers when designing products and enables students to design for both print and web. Additional Fee: $73.75

INDESIGN I

GTC 174

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8531 13/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Perform techniques of the application on the Macintosh computer. Create files for electronic output, create documents using color and color separations for creating ads, brochures, menus and other documents. Explore PDF files, EPS files and production work. Prerequisite: GTC 143 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

PREFLIGHT

GTC 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8541 13/20 July 3, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Use applications on the Macintosh computer to create high-level graphics, images, logos and projects in color. Perform graphic manipulation, computer output, PDF formats and postscript files. Prerequisites: GTC 223, GTC 276 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADVANCED PAGE LAYOUT PRINCIPLES

GTC 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8581 12/20 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Apply page advanced layout techniques using industry-standard software to produce files for output. Preflight and package press-ready files. Output composite and separations to postscript. Impose jobs for output service provider. Prerequisite: GTC 276,209,164 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

CAPSTONE CLASS

GTC 254

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8561 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Preparation of personal job hunting package of student’s chosen specialty within the graphic technologies program, including industry research, business cards, cover letters, envelopes, resumes, personal sales pitches, and portfolios. Prerequisites: GTC 223, GTC 243 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

PAPER, PRICING, AND ESTIMATING

GTC 264

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8571 14/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Explore paper choices and cost within the printing industry. Estimate both materials and time for various printing processes. Additional Fee: $73.75

INDEPENDENT STUDY

GTC 278

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8551 1/1 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 4

This course explores student competency in the student’s specialty skills area of the Graphic Technologies program. Students will produce a capstone project showing work accomplished and skills summarized. Additional Fee: $19.00

BASIC ELECTRICITY

HAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1801 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 5

Discusses the structure of matter, movement, electrons, conductors, insulators, direct and alternating current, and electrical units of measurement. The electrical circuit will also be studied along with electrical measurements, Ohm’s law, series and parallel circuits, and electrical power. Magnetic fields, inductance, transformers, capacitance, impedance, sine waves, and using electrical measuring instruments are also included. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Explain and define the basic concepts of current, voltage, resistance and power as applied to direct and alternating current and be able to take electrical measurements using meters and apply Ohm’s law and the power formula
  • Recognize AC and DC series, parallel and combination circuits and understand their implications on voltage, amperage, resistance and wattage
  • Recognize basic AC and DC circuit components, their symbols as used in electrical diagrams/schematics and describe their functions
  • Explain the basic concepts of magnetism and electromagnetism to include their effects in electrical circuits, generators, power supplies and basic motors
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab using personal protective equipment and appropriate safety procedures
  • Identify electrical conductors and their proper applications to include the proper methods and materials to make wire connections and terminations
  • Build simple electrical circuits using an electrical diagram and be able to identify electrical short circuits and open circuits
  • Document newly learned skills

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

HAC 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1811 13/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Discusses types of automatic control devices that respond to thermal change, the bimetal device, control by fluid expansion, the thermocouple, and electronic sensing devices. Covers space temperature controls (both high and low voltage), sensing temperatures of solids, pressure-sensing devices, oil-pressure safety controls, air-pressure controls, devices that control fluid flow, and maintenance of mechanical and electromechanical controls. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of basic automatic controls and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of devices responding to thermal changes and fluid expansion to include bimetal devices, mercury switches, thermocouples and electronic temperature sensing devices
  • Explain the application and maintenance of low voltage and line voltage temperature controls, pressure sensing devices and controls, transducers, gas pressure switches, regulators, mechanical and electromechanical controls
  • Install and demonstrate switches, a light and receptacles including three-way/four-way switches
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include lockout/tagout procedures, recognizing hazardous locations and application of electrical safety requirements
  • Install a two station signaling circuit and do a complete circuit analysis of the installation
  • Use a circuit tracer to locate the Over Current Protective Device for that circuit
  • Correctly identify and install a plug on a cord
  • Complete a solder connection using proper soldering technique
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ADVANCED CONTROLS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1821 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Control terminology, applications, and electronic control circuits are covered. Pneumatic controls and direct digital controls are also explored, along with programmable thermostats. Also covers procedures for troubleshooting basic and complex circuits, thermostats, and high-voltage circuits controlled by thermostats. Describes procedures for measuring amperage and voltage in low-voltage circuits and discusses pictorial and line diagrams. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of advanced automatic controls/control systems and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of advanced automatic controls/control systems to include pneumatic controls, direct digital controls (DDC’s) and program logic controllers (PLC’s)
  • Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret ladder diagrams as related to DDC/PLC control system
  • Write ladder programs to demonstrate common PLC logic functions
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Demonstrate through written examination your ability to successfully troubleshoot PLC systems
  • Explain and be able to successfully troubleshoot simple and complex circuits to include thermostats, various types of switches and loads using electrical meters and pictorial and line diagrams
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

SIEMENS CONTROLS

HAC 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1851 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 2

Serves as an introduction to the concepts of direct digital controls (DDC training). The course is a generic approach to understanding DDC terminology, the fundamentals of today’s new building control systems, how they work, features, and troubleshooting. Improve your control of HVAC systems, fire, security, access, control, lighting, and energy management. Additional Fee: $29.50

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize Siemens controls and components and understand their operation
  • Explain the many and varied applications for Siemens controls in the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Explain the unique installation requirements for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Define typical troubleshooting logic and techniques for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS

HAC 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1831 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Types of electric motors are discussed, along with starting and running components and characteristics, motor speeds, and power supplies. Specific topics also included are single and split phase motors, the centrifugal switch, electronic replay, capacitor start motors, capacitor run motors, permanent split capacitor motors, shaded pole motors, single phase hermetic motors, positive temperature coefficient motors, and variable speed motors. Discussions will take place pertaining to various characteristics and insulations, bearings, mountings, and motor drives. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types and characteristics of single and three phase motors and as well as their components, component functions and their proper electrical connection
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of various motor starting devices to include start windings, centrifugal switches, current relays, potential relays, PTC’s, shaded poles, and start & run capacitors
  • Explain the application and cooling of motors in the HVAC/R trade, especially special motors such as hermetic motors, two-speed and variable speed motors, converters, invertors, electronically commutated motors (ECM’s), power supplies
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Inspect and install A/C and D/C rotating equipment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS & TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1841 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

Discusses mechanical and electrical motor troubleshooting. This includes drive assemblies, belt tension, pulley alignment, open and shorted windings, shorts to ground, capacitor problems, wiring and connectors, and troubleshooting hermetic motors. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Create an electrical ladder diagram and wiring diagram for each motor control circuit that is constructed
  • Build a two-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Build a three-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Demonstrate safe work practices needed for installation and troubleshooting of motor controls and control circuits
  • Build an on-delay motor control circuit
  • Build an on-delay/off-delay motor control circuit for two single-phase motors
  • Troubleshoot four basic motor control circuits

GREEN AWARENESS

HAC 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1861 12/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

When it comes to HVAC/R electrical, “green” means maximizing the energy efficiency of existing equipment, specifying the most efficient systems available for the application and the available budget using renewable and sustainable fuel sources, and conserving water. Those items will be discussed along with the core knowledge of energy management and analysis, green heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration, electrical generation and consumption, and “green” plumbing. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Understand Energy Management and Audits
  • Understand Renewable and Sustainable Energy
  • Discuss Solar and Wind Energy
  • Discuss "Green" Plumbing
  • Discuss our Carbon Footprint
  • Learn Heat Load Calculations
  • Discuss the various agencies involved with "Green Awareness"

HEATING I

HAC 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1871 19/40 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 7

Covers controls, thermal physics, electrical, and equipment for residential and light commercial heating system installation and servicing with emphasis on gas heating. Co-requisite: HAC 170, 175, 181, and 183. Prerequisite: HAC 102 - 167. Additional Fee: $53.25. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of both LP and natural gas heating systems
  • This will include, but not be limited to, the ability to identify the components of a gas heating system, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical gas heating system
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for both LP and natural gas heating systems
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding gas heating principles and systems. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record
  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, an entry knowledge and understanding of basic safety practices

HEATING I LAB

HAC 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1881 19/40 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 302

Credits: 5

Will teach students to competently troubleshoot and repair gas-burning appliances. Also covers thermal physics and equipment for heating-system analysis and efficiency, as well as pipe threading and silver brazing. This is a hands-on class using live projects. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Check a thermocouple for proper millivolt reading
  • Change a thermocouple
  • Check a gas valve for proper milivolt output
  • Change a gas valve
  • Check an electronic spark module for proper operation
  • Remove, clean and reinstall burners. Check burners for proper operation
  • Adjust gas pressure on a furnace
  • Check rollout and all other safety controls
  • Demonstrate the proper threading of black iron pipe
  • Demonstrate the proper assembly of threaded pipe fittings
  • Demonstrate the proper technique of silver brazing
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEATING II

HAC 181

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1891 19/40 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 6

Covers controls, thermal physics, and equipment for residential and light commercial heating system installation and servicing with emphasis on electric, oil, and hydronic heating. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $48.50. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of electric, oil, and hydronic heating systems. This will include, but not be limited to, the ability to identify the components of a such heating systems, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical electric, oil or hydronic heating systems
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for oil heating systems
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding electric, oil and hydronic heating principles and systems. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record

HEATING II LAB

HAC 183

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18A1 19/40 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 302

Credits: 4

Will teach students to competently troubleshoot and repair electric, oil, and hydronic heating equipment. Also covers thermal physics and equipment for heating-system analysis and efficiency. This is a hands-on class using live projects. Prerequisite: Must have required hand tools of the trade and be enrolled in Heating I. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Check a heating element and a fan motor for voltage and proper operation. Test all safety controls
  • Check a packaged sequencer and step sequencer for proper timing of heaters and fan sequence
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install a thermostat and adjust for proper operation
  • Check the temperature rise across the inlet and outlet of a furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change the nozzle in a burner assembly
  • Check a high voltage transformer and primary control
  • Check the oil pump on an oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Complete an efficiency test on an oil furnace to include; CO2 measurement, smoke test, draft check, and temperature rise
  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

ADVANCED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

HAC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18B1 9/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 302

Credits: 10

Troubleshooting and repair of refrigeration equipment, thermal physics, equipment for refrigeration systems analysis and efficiency. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 249, 256. Additional Fee: $67.50

Course Outcomes

  • Explain how and why we use vacuum and evacuate a refrigeration system
  • Explain how to recover, recycle and reclaim refrigerant
  • Wire a current, potential or solid state relay into a motor circuit.
  • Demonstrate proper flaring, cutting and swaging of copper tubing
  • Demonstrate the proper set up of an oxygen/acetylene torch
  • Evaluate the performance of a system with a capillary tube or TXV metering device
  • Evaluate the performance of a refrigeration system using R134A, R414 B, R22 & R404A
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

BASIC REFIGERATION I LAB

HAC 242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18C1 0/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 5

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration I course. Additional Fee: $ 43.75

Course Outcomes

  • With the use of a pressure temperature chart, the student will be able to determine what type of refrigerant is in refrigerant cylinders
  • Learn the proper procedures for installing refrigeration manifold gauges to a sealed system with service valves or Schrader valves
  • Bench check a hermetic compressor electrically & mechanically
  • Tear down a compressor
  • Check sub cooling on an air cooled condenser or water cooled condenser
  • Check super heat on a system with a TXV

JOB READINESS

HAC 249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18D1 9/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 5

Covers resume writing, cover letter preparation, Internet job search, Work Source job readiness workshop, and tips on filling out job applications. Prerequisites: Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 256. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Check heating element and fan motor for voltage and operation
  • Check packaged, step sequencers for proper timing of heating elements and fan
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install Thermostat adjust for proper operation
  • Check temperature rise across inlet and outlet of furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change nozzles in burner assembly
  • Check high voltage transformer and primary controls
  • Check oil pump on oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Do an efficiency test on an oil furnace, including CO2, smoke test and temperature rise across heat exchanger
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance
  • Prepare a resume & cover letter for a proper job search

BASIC REFIGERATION II LAB

HAC 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18F1 0/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 3

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air-conditioning system installation and servicing. Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration course. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Evaluate working pressures on an air cooled evaporator
  • The learner will learn to hook up vacuum pump to a system
  • Correctly identify the proper sequence for hooking up refrigerant recovery equipment
  • Construct a refrigeration cooler with components
  • Troubleshoot & repair a variety of A/C, & Refrigeration Equipment
  • Recognize sequence of operation of A/C, refrigeration and freezer equipment
  • Understand and be able to troubleshoot & repair ice makers

COMMERCIAL HEAT PUMPS

HAC 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18G1 9/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 300

Credits: 7

Troubleshoot and repair residential and commercial heat pumps through study material and DVD format. Heat pump fundamentals, heat pump electrical, and heat pump charging are explored. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 249. Additional Fee: $53.25

Course Outcomes

  • Students will describe a reverse- cycle heat pump
  • Students will explain a change over valve (COV) or reversing valve (RV). Identify what type of metering device is use
  • Students will check the COV for failure, either electrical or mechanical, using meters and a gauge manifold
  • Students will list and identify the components of a heat pump
  • Students will learn sequence of operation of a heat pump
  • Students will identify the various heat sources for heat pumps, and explain auxiliary heat
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

HDT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88C1 18/20 July 11, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

Covers the issues, trends, and impacts of electronic and networked information technology upon the provision of health care services in general and explores specific issues related to the hemodialysis technician profession. Hybrid.

PHLEBOTOMY FUNDAMENTALS

HDT 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8801 17/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 4

Develop the skills necessary to draw blood specimens for analysis in a laboratory. Includes an introduction to the structure and function of a clinical laboratory. Safety procedures and universal precautions are included. Hands-on practice in phlebotomy skills will be provided. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Hybrid.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS/KEYBOARDING

HDT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88D1 18/20 June 30, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 2

Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and keypad techniques with emphasis on alpha/numeric data entry. Course includes keyboarding alphabetic, figure, symbol keys, and skill building; continued keyboarding drills and practice to develop a minimum speed and accuracy of 35 wpm. Introduction to MS Office Suite for basic business correspondence. Internet navigation will be used for student research projects. Hybrid.

HEMODIALYSIS TERMS ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY

HDT 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88F1 18/20 June 30, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 6

Provides the basic techniques of medical word building to be applied in acquiring an extensive medical vocabulary. Introduces anatomical, physiological, and pathological terms relating to body systems and medical abbreviations. Hybrid.

FIRST AID/CPR/HIV

HDT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8811 17/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 1

CPR, First Aid and rescue breathing for adult patients. Includes history, causes, virility of blood-borne pathogens, bodily substance isolation, and personal protection devices relating to dealing with HIV/Aids patients. Proper lifting techniques and body mechanics will be covered. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Section 8811 is hybrid.

HEMODIALYSIS PRINCIPLES & PROCEDURES

HDT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88G1 18/20 July 1, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Defines the basic principles of diffusion, filtration, fluid dynamics and osmosis relating to the dialysis process. Overviews of the dialysis environment and kidney functions. Patient vitals and monitoring the treatment, including normal and abnormal values. Perform laboratory tests and use patient documentation procedures. Identify causes, signs, and symptoms, preventions and interventions for medical and technical complications that may occur during dialysis. Includes patient dietary and nutrition requirements. Additional Fee: $95.00. Hybrid.

MACHINE SETUP/MAINTENANCE

HDT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88H1 18/20 June 30, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Covers use and setup of hemodialysis machines. Instruction focuses on organizing and setting up the dialysis machine and equipment, priming and dry machine stringing. Various testing equipment commonly used in dialysis units are studied, as well as preparation and mixing of hemodialysis concentrates. Includes standard precautions and aseptic techniques. Prepares student to initiate monitor and terminate a routine hemodialysis treatment. Additional Fee: $29.00. Hybrid.

WATER TREATMENT

HDT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8821 17/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 3 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

Basic concepts of water treatment and dialyzer reuse are covered, including instruction on the varied devices used in hemodialysis. Also studied are advantages and disadvantages of filters, carbon tanks, deionizers, ultraviolet light, and reverse osmosis in the treatment of water for dialysis. Students will prepare a typical water treatment monitoring schedule. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

VASCULAR ACCESS

HDT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8831 17/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 3 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

The history and importance of vascular access are reviewed, including the major types of permanent and temporary vascular access. Use of appropriate needle insertion for arteriovenous fistulae and grafts. Instruction in catheter care and connections. Use the four types of anastomosis used for internal arteriovenous fistulae. Management of thrombosis, infection, hematoma, bleeding, steal syndrome, aneurysm, and catheter dislodgement. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

PROFESSIONAL PATIENT INTERACTION

HDT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8841 17/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 3 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 3

Explores the relationship and psychological boundaries between the technician, the patient, and the renal facility. Includes concepts of patient education. Basic interpersonal verbal and non-verbal communication is covered, with a focus on adapting to an individual’s special needs or cultural orientation. Students will be given the tools to develop listening skills by practicing assertive communication and developing appropriate interpersonal relationships using the concepts of patient confidentiality. Covers body mechanics and proper lifting techniques. Includes information on sexual harassment. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM

HDT 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8851 15/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged MWF Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 6

During the clinical experience, the student will participate in a dialysis facility as a member of the health care team in applying principles of hemodialysis, standard precautions, fluid management, initiating and concluding a dialysis treatment, patient and equipment monitoring, and treatment of routine hemodialysis problems in accordance with the standard dialysis procedures and policies of the facilities. Student will need to complete a total of 300 hours in the clinic. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 8851 is hybrid.

FIELD STUDY

HDT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88J1 18/20 July 11, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 1

Familiarizes the student with various dialysis companies in the greater Puget Sound area. The students will be partnered in small groups and will be required to contact four different dialysis companies in the area in order to conduct an interview with a staff member. The information gathered will be collected into a notebook to be submitted at the end of the class. Information to be included: interview notes, locations of individual dialysis units, maps to each unit, contact person for each of the units, size of the company, etc. The notebook will be a reference for the student when seeking a dialysis technician position at the end of the course. Hybrid.

HISTOLOGY INTERNSHIP

HISTO150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5601 13/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Haggerty, R. Off Campus

Credits: 10

Covers the clinical phase of working in an affiliated histology laboratory. The staff of the affiliated laboratory directly supervises students. A report of No Record on File Regarding Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol is required for participation in this class. Prerequisites: Successful completion of HISTO 135, 140 and 145. Additional Fee: $44.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Complete 300 hours of on-the-job training
  • Understand daily workflow of the histology laboratory
  • Perform skills with professionalism
  • Meet expectations of the clinical setting as well as those of the instructor
  • Complete checklists within student intern packet
  • Meet attendance expectations of clinical site

HISTOLOGY SEMINAR

HISTO160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5611 13/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 5

Covers what students have learned while working in an affiliated histology laboratory. Students will also review for their certification exam. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 150. . Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • The student will read and accept, by way of signature sheet, the requirements, qualifications, exam content, continuing education, and code of ethics for the histology technician. This information is provided through recommended websites
  • The student will review safety and instrumentation via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review fixation and processing via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review fixation and processing via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review Nuclear and cytoplasmic staining and Laboratory mathematics via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review Carbohydrate and Amyloid, Connective tissue and muscle staining via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review Nerve staining via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review microorganism staining and pigment and mineral staining via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will review Immunohistochemistry via homework assignment and pass a 20 point quiz on the topic area
  • The student will complete a 100 point final

INTERNSHIP I

HS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2401 11/20 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within an agency of their choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 2401 is web enhanced. Section 2442 is hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

MENTAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

HS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2421 15/25 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Jacobs, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Explores current perspectives of mental health in the helping professions by focusing on the identification, definition, diagnostic criteria, and assessment and evaluation of psychological disorders. An emphasis will be placed on the continuum that exists between normal and abnormal behavior by examining biological, psychological and socio-cultural causal factors as they relate to adults and children. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.HS 226

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify, explain and apply the primary methods for gathering information during an interview & assessment
  • Effectively utilize the DSM-IV to assess diagnostic criteria for a variety of mental disorders
  • Complete topical research and summarize through the use of existing research an analysis of issues relating to a specific interviewing topic
  • Effectively summarize client interactions using documentation styles commonly required in human services settings

DYNAMICS OF VIOLENCE

HS 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2411 15/20 July 1, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Presents an overview of the dynamics of violence in relationship to both the perpetrator and the victim. Areas of emphasis include child neglect, child sexual and physical abuse, missing and exploited children and adolescents, domestic violence, the cycle of violence, elder abuse, and the impact on the family system. Strategies for treatment and community intervention are explored. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe a range of issues affecting victims of abuse and their families/caregivers throughout the life-span
  • Demonstrate knowledge of physical abuse and family violence issues including the cycle of violence
  • Demonstrate knowledge of sexual abuse and perpetrator issues
  • Correctly identify disorders, strategies for treatment and community intervention
  • Define professional protocol for mandatory reporters of known or suspected abuse per state WAC’s & RCW’s

CASE MANAGEMENT

HS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2451 18/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Van Beek, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

This course introduces students to the fundamentals of case management practice. Students will review different models of case management and learn about common case management functions such as outreach, engagement, assessment, planning, accessing resources, coordination, and advocacy. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of fundamental case management skills
  • Describe the different models of case management presented during the course
  • Correctly identify case management functions such as outreach, engagement, assessment, planning, accessing resources, coordination and advocacy and their practical applications to the service population
  • Demonstrate the ability to produce a case management plan for a human services client

CULTURALLY COMPETENT PRACTICE

HS 234

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2431 15/25 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Provides students with an awareness of the historical, cultural, socio-economic, biological and psychosocial influences that define diversity. Examines culturally competent standards that influence best practice standards for human service workers. Students will explore culture, guidelines for culturally sensitive practices, the impact of inequality on a variety of service populations, racism, prejudice, and inclusion strategies. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the historical, cultural, socio-economic, biological and psychosocial influences that define diversity
  • Demonstrate knowledge of culturally competent practice standards for human service workers
  • Correctly identify culturally sensitive guidelines for working with a variety of diverse groups of clients
  • Define the impact of inequality on a variety of service populations from a sociocultural viewpoint

SURVEY OF ADDICTION

HS 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2441 18/25 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Focuses on addiction in modern society by surveying prevalent addictions and common co-occurring disorders. Students will gain an overview of causal factors and the consequences of addiction as they relate to the individual, family and community. A strengths-based perspective will focus on the biological, psychological and socio-cultural factors influencing addiction and recovery. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop knowledge regarding addictions in our modern society
  • Identify the casual factors and consequences of addiction
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the strengths based perspective
  • Identify factors that contribute to treatment and recovery

INTERNSHIP II

HS 244

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2461 5/20 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship I is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services Program courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

GROUP PROCESS

HS 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2471 18/20 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Jacobs, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 3

An introduction to the dynamics of group interaction with emphasis on the student’s firsthand experience as a group leader and member. The factors involved in problems of communication, effective emotional responses, and personal growth will be highlighted. Emphasis will be placed on group process as a means of changing behavior. This course is designed to assist human services students who will function as group leaders and co-leaders. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Participate in group experience as a group leader & co-leader
  • Identify & apply group counseling techniques as a way to change behavior
  • Identify the process for beginning a new group
  • Define the factors involved in problems of communication, and demonstrate how to teach effective emotional responses

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HS 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2481 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for formulating and implementing ideas to complete a special project related to the human services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $25.00

INTERNSHIP III

HS 258

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2491 14/20 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 5 p.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship II is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTIONS OF ALCOHOL AND DRUGS

HSCD 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
241H 11/0 June 30, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. M Anderson, C. Bldg. 37, Rm. 206
24A1 19/20 July 2, 2014 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Students will learn to identify the physiological effects of psychoactive substances on the user. Management of chronic and acute conditions and drug interactions are covered. Instructor permission required.

Note:

Only section 241H is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the various causes of addiction
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the continuum of drug use and the physiological and psychological effects
  • Demonstrate knowledge of infectious diseases and addiction and their relationship with substance abuse

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & COUNSELING: INDIV & GROUPS

HSCD 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
241G 11/0 July 1, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6 p.m. TTh Anderson, C. Bldg. 37, Rm. 206
24B1 19/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged French, S. Online

Credits: 5

Focuses on learning a collaborative process that facilitates the client’s progress toward mutually determined treatment goals and objectives. Students will learn counseling competencies that include sensitivity to the client’s individual characteristics and culture; the role of the counselor; approaches to counseling and addiction disorders; use of warmth, respect, genuineness, concreteness, empathy; and the therapeutic use of power and authority. Group dynamics and strategies will also be covered. Additional Fee: $25.00.

Note:

Only section 241G is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate Knowledge of theories, research, best practice literature & effective approaches with substance use disorders
  • Demonstrate Knowledge of the role of the counselor & therapeutic uses of power & authority
  • Provide definitions of warmth, respect, genuineness, concreteness & empathy
  • Demonstrate techniques for dealing with transference, counter-transference & projective identification

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION

HSCD 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
241V 11/0 July 2, 2014 3:30 p.m. 5:15 p.m. W Anderson, C. Bldg. 37, Rm. 206
24C1 20/20 July 2, 2014 7:50 p.m. 10 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 2

Includes learning how to use screening, evaluation, and assessment techniques, as well as being able to determine a client’s readiness for treatment and change, and determining an appropriate level of care for the client. Instructor permission required.

Note:

Only section 241V is an I-BEST class.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand basic screening, assessment, and evaluation tools, methods, procedures, and interpretation
  • Become familiar with the range of life information that must be gathered in order to provide the client with a comprehensive treatment plan
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the ongoing nature of the assessment process and the collaboration that occurs between counselor and client
  • Learn documentation techniques for assessment findings and treatment recommendations

SELECTED TOPICS

HSCD 259

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24D1 2/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Explores a human services chemical dependency related topic by students performing either a literature review and/or research on a human services related topic. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the process involved in research
  • Take an in-depth look at their chosen topic by performing research associated with the project
  • Write a detailed critical analysis of the project

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8101 8/20 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. Daily Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

This course will focus on orientation and introduction to campus policies and rules of conduct. This course will also introduce the student to program policies, dress code, attendance, classroom, and workplace rules of conduct, program goals, and grading system. The focus also in this unit will be instruction and demonstrations on the use of various communication devices and introduction to the EMR/HER and related Windows programs used in the hospital. Additional Fee: $33.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit
  • Accurately discuss stages of how health unit coordinating evolved
  • Accurately discuss the overall functions of the health unit coordinator
  • Accurately discuss the name of nursing units and describe the services provided by each unit
  • Accurately identify the title of physicians serving in a medical specialty field
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate rules of telephone etiquette as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate the use of the telephone hold button as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss computer components that are usually located at the nurse’s station
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate items to be recorded when taking a telephone message as presented in class

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8111 8/20 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TWTh Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduces basic word elements used in building medical terminology and identifies the different types of word elements present in each medical term by name. Introduces medical terms, body structure, and pathology in relation to each body system: integumentary, musculoskeletal, sensory, circulatory, nervous, endocrine, and digestive systems. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES I

HUC 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8121 8/20 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. M Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Enables identification of the forms commonly used in the patient’s chart and enables students to explain the purpose of a patient’s chart and recognize the charting responsibilities for each health care team member. Presents instruction and procedures for scheduling appointments by telephone, computer and writing. Also focuses on students’ performance in the computer skill laboratory, demonstrating their cognitive knowledge for maintaining medical records; ordering laboratory and diagnostic exams; accurately transcribing physicians’ orders; recognizing treatment orders; ordering nursing supplies; identifying abbreviations, symbols, and terms used in a medication order; and charting information accurately to the appropriate forms and the Kardex for their pseudo patients. Prerequisites: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106. Additional Fee: $111.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define terms and abbreviations related to each body system
  • Accurately distinguish between anatomy and physiology
  • Accurately list the main functions of each body system
  • Correctly complete statements concerning the characteristics of each body system
  • Accurately state the meaning of basic combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes of medical terms related to each body system
  • Accurately complete statements concerning pathology of each body system
  • Given the meaning of medical conditions relating to each body system, build the word elements and identify the corresponding medical terms
  • Accurately name the organs and describe the functions of each body system
  • Accurately identify medical terms, which are surgical procedures, as well as those, which are diagnostic studies in relation to each body system

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES II

HUC 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8131 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MThF Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Focuses on cognitive knowledge and performance skills in the computer laboratory. The student will demonstrate performance skills for maintaining medical records, accurately transcribing physicians’ orders to the appropriate chart forms and Kardex, as well as completion of pseudo patient charts. Prerequisite: HUC 109: completion of 104, 106, 113, and 120. Additional Fee: $19.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8141 0/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Enables the student to describe and utilize good listening skills as a means of preventing and/or solving conflicts with a variety of people in different situations. The focus will also include developing skills for the role of the communicator for the nursing unit. The student will also be given the tools for developing and practicing assertive communication, interpersonal relationships, and confidentiality skills. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $4.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for effective communication skills
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for interpersonal relationships when interacting with physicians, other hospital staff, patients, and visitors

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8151 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. MTTh Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Improve communication among diverse culture and incorporate the relevant needs of culturally diverse groups in the medical field. Provide the student with an overview and understanding of the fundamentals of communication. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT

HUC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8161 8/20 June 30, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. W Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Covers management responsibilities for the nursing unit, including time management and identification of possible fire and safety hazards on the nursing unit. Prerequisite: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106, 109, and 113. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations and symbols related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss hospital departments and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately identify standard chart forms and requisitions, and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate methods used to maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately discuss the purpose of the patient chart and kardex / pathway
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate maintenance procedures of patient’s chart
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating and demonstrate, admission, transfer and discharge procedures
  • Correctly describe the cause, treatment, prevention techniques, and ways of protection for the spread of AIDS
  • Accurately define standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for interpreting and communicating physician’s orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate ordering treatments from other hospital departments
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for preparation and completion of fourteen pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT II

HUC 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8171 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. TW Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Focus is on cognitive knowledge for managing the nursing unit and developing communication skills using verbal and written communication. The student will develop leadership and performance skills by practicing classroom management. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 113 and 120. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this course
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate verbal and written communication skills to convey information
  • Accurately discuss areas of management on the nursing unit in a hospital
  • Accurately define the term manage, as it relates to the duties of the Health Unit Coordinator
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate leadership skills

LEGAL/ETHICAL ASPECTS OF UNIT COORDINATING

HUC 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8181 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. WF Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Enables the student to identify legal elements that are necessary in regard to preparing legal documents, discussing hospital and patient confidentiality, or witnessing signatures on consents for treatment. The ethics of this profession will be explored and how to apply these ethics in professional behaviors. AIDS education, blood-borne pathogens, HIPAA and hepatitis information will also be covered. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, and 120; enrollment in HUC 112, 118, and 122. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this module
  • Accurately discuss professional standards for health unit coordinators
  • Accurately describe and demonstrate ethical behavior

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

HUC 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8191 13/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Enables the student to use the cognitive and performance objectives from courses HUC 102 through 126 in the clinical setting. The focus is on preparation of a resume, employment application, and an employment interview. In order to participate in the clinical aspect of the program, students must receive a No Record on File report from the Washington State Patrol regarding Crimes Against Persons. Clinical hours vary from six to eight hours per day, four days a week. Students unable to complete course HUC 132 will have the option of completing clinical rotation with the next available program, on approval from the instructors, within six months. Prerequisite: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, 120, 112, 122, and 126. Additional Fee: $14.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic skills and knowledge in professional behavior expected of a Health Unit Coordinator in the work place
  • Demonstrate responsibility and accountability for performance of non-clinical skills that are necessary in the hospital, clinic, extended care facility, and physician’s office
  • Accurately transcribe physician orders, utilizing knowledge of anatomy and physiology, medical terms and abbreviations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in meeting performance objectives in a clinical setting
  • Demonstrate effective communicate skills with patients, visitors, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately discuss and prepare a resume and employment application.
  • Accurately discuss strategies for planning and preparation for an employment interview

ECG MONITOR TECHNICIAN

HUC 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
81A1 14/20 July 29, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:15 p.m. TWThF Perez, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105
81B1 8/20 July 30, 2014 6:15 p.m. 9:15 p.m. TWTh Perez, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

This course will examine basic cardiac function, normal and abnormal cardiac rhythms, etiology of arrhythmias and interpretation of EKG tracing. Class time will consist of lectures, identifying rhythms and group challenges. Cardiac rhythms can be relatively straight or amazingly confounding. Not to worry! The purpose of this course is to provide you with an excellent baseline understanding of both the simple and more complex rhythms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe electrical activation of the normal heart related to EKG tracing
  • Implement a systematic approach to reading rhythm strips
  • Identify equipment required for cardiac monitoring
  • Understand the concept of paper time in order to calculate heart rate
  • Identify the Atrial and Ventricular rhythms
  • Describe or identify Precordial Shock or Cardioversion
  • Describe or identify EKG manifestations associated with Electrolyte changes and Ischemia

LEADERSHIP I

LEADR100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0545 1/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online
0552 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Korschinowski, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP II

LEADR101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0546 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP III

LEADR102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0547 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP IV

LEADR103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0548 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

MEDICAL ASSISTANT THEORY & APPLICATIONS I

MAP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3851 12/20 July 15, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MTWTh Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 7

Caring for patients with disorders of the blood and of the reproductive, endocrine, sensory, and immune systems. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Instruction and practical includes self-breast exam, blood glucose monitoring, care and use of the microscope, blood typing, cell identification and staining along with practicing care and usage of the otoscope, ear/eye exams, and audiometry. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Additional Fee: $58.25. Hybrid.

HEALTH INSURANCE, CODING PRACTICES, BILLING & COLLECTING

MAP 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3801 24/25 June 30, 2014 6:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 4

Acquire information regarding private and public insurance programs. Practice fundamental skills relating to ICD-9 and CPT coding using the computer and specific software. Included are computerized patient scheduling, and procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Co-requisite: MAP 162. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $44.00. Hybrid.

MEDICAL ASSISTANT THEORY AND APPLICATIONS III

MAP 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3811 26/25 June 30, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 7

Caring for patients with disorders of the nervous, cardiovascular, lymph, digestive and urinary systems. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Instruction also includes performing ECGs, physical and chemical urinalysis, and UA slide preparation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $58.25. Hybrid.

AUTOMATED COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

MAP 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3821 23/25 July 29, 2014 6:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 104

Credits: 3

Practice fundamental skills relating to ICD9 and CPT coding, using the computer. Included are computerized patient scheduling and procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first quarter courses and completion of MAP 148. Co-requisite: MAP 148. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNSHIP

MAP 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3831 10/25 July 11, 2014 9 a.m. 3 p.m. F Keith, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 2

Demonstrate competencies of entry-level skills acquired throughout the Medical Assistant Program. Each student will perform and must pass the following skills: urinalysis, hematocrit, blood pressure, workups, blood glucose check, audio and visual exam, electrocardiogram, telephone techniques within the medical office, and electronic record and chart management. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, excluding MAP 221, 222, and 232. This course must be taken the quarter immediately prior to taking MAP 221. If more than one quarter passes before beginning the fifth quarter of the program, students will have to repeat this course. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $120.00. Hybrid.

BASIC COLLECTING AND FINANCIAL PRACTICES

MAP 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3861 10/25 July 15, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MTWTh Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 6

Covers basics of accounting, bookkeeping, and banking procedures. Provides the foundation for the management of accounts payable, financial records, and methods of preparation for employee payroll and business taxes. Includes expanded discussion on manual procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Recommend students meet prerequisites for college-level math. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $53.50. Hybrid.

INVASIVE PROCEDURES

MAP 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3871 5/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 5

Introduction of intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intradermal injections as well as phlebotomy and microbiology. Also includes calculation of dosages. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, including general education courses and compliance with the MAP immunization policy and health insurance policy. Co-requisites: MAP 222 and 232. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $50.00. Hybrid.

COMMUNITY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND LOCATIONS

MAP 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3841 5/20 Aug. 26, 2014 10 a.m. 3 p.m. TWThF Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 1

Locate the major medical employers (including hospitals) in the student’s community, along with their human resource department. This course also includes interviewing techniques, updating your resume, and methods of applying for employment through a variety of sources. Prerequisites: Co-requisites: MAPs 215 and 210. Additional Fee: $29.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the major medical employers in the community
  • Locate employment opportunities through the newspaper, internet, employment agencies, etc
  • Identify human resource department for large healthcare employers
  • Update cover letter and resume in preparation for job searching, along with participate in mock interview process
  • Complete forms to exit program and prepare for national certification exam

EXTERNSHIP

MAP 232

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3891 5/20 July 15, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Jones, M. Bldg.

Credits: 10

Capstone course gives students practical experiences in physician offices and clinics. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all MAP courses, excluding MAP 222. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY & PATHOLOGY II

MASST111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12C1 6/20 July 1, 2014 5:30 p.m. 8 p.m. TTh Slegers, E. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 5

Explores endocrinology, cardiovascular, digestive and respiratory systems. Additional Fee: $50.00

COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE MODALITIES I

MASST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1201 6/20 June 30, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MW Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 305

Credits: 3

Introduces the student to a variety of massage modalities that can be safely integrated into a massage practice. Modalities covered include fascial techniques, acupressure, seated massage and side-lying. Indications, contra-indications and treatment modifications will be identified. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Additional Fee: $85.00

KINESIOLOGY: TRUNK AND MODALITIES I

MASST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1211 6/20 July 1, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TTh Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 1

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the trunk using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE MODALITIES II

MASST136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1221 6/20 Aug. 6, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MW Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 305

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to a variety of massage modalities that can be safely integrated into a massage practice. Modalities covered include pregnancy massage, sports massage, and hydrotherapy, including hot stone massage. Indications, contraindications, and treatment modifications will be identified. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Additional Fee: $85.00

MASSAGE BUSINESS & ETHICS I

MASST143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1231 6/20 July 11, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. F Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Introduces the learner to important business knowledge, skills and professional ethics vital to the successful practice of massage therapy after licensure. Students will know and follow professional ethics as related to massage, learn and practice universal safety precautions, use and understand common medical terms, research the different avenues of employment available, and begin the process of building a successful massage business. Additional Fee: $50.00

CLINICAL MASSAGE THEORY: SPECIAL POPULATIONS

MASST149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1241 13/20 Aug. 4, 2014 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTWTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 5

Explores how massage can be modified to safely and effectively treat individuals who have unique situations that could include physical, emotional and health-related challenges. Indications and contraindications will be discussed as they apply to each population. To be taken concurrently with MASST 151DIV. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $50.00

CLINICAL MASSAGE PRACTICE: SPECIAL POPULATIONS

MASST151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1251 13/20 Aug. 4, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MTWTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 3

Practice techniques and positioning to adapt massage to safely and effectively treat individuals who have unique situations that could include physical, emotional and health-related challenges. Indications and contraindications will be discussed as they apply to each population. To be taken concurrently with MASST 149. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $85.00

ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT: UPPER EXTREMITY

MASST153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1261 12/20 July 10, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MTWTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Detailed and extensive review of the structure and function of the upper extremity. Students will explore common musculoskeletal and neurological pathologies that can affect the arm and shoulder, and how to safely and effectively assess and treat those conditions. Prerequisite: Completion of MASST 115 and MASST 123, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $50.00

ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT: LOWER EXTREMITY

MASST155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1271 13/20 July 24, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MTWTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Detailed and extensive review of the structure and function of the lower extremity. Students will explore common musculoskeletal and neurological pathologies that can affect the lower extremity, and how to safely and effectively assess and treat those conditions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 115 and MASST 123, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $50.00

ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT: HEAD AND NECK

MASST157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1281 13/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. MTWTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Detailed and extensive review of the structure and function of the head and neck. Students will explore common musculoskeletal and neurological pathologies that can affect the head and neck and formulate a treatment plan to safely and effectively assess and treat those conditions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 115 and MASST 123, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $50.00

CLINICAL MASSAGE BUSINESS AND ETHICS II

MASST159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1291 13/20 July 16, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. W Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 1

Prepares the learner to communicate with insurance companies and leads the learner through the process of billing insurance companies for services, from codes to filling out forms and follow-up. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 139, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $50.00

PRACTICUM II

MASST160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12A1 14/20 July 11, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 3

Allows the student to choose and pursue individual workplace experience opportunities. This opportunity may be in a supervised internship setting, on-site events, and/or practice in Clover Park Technical College’s student-run massage clinic. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Swedish Massage Practitioner program, completion of a similar program from another accredited institution, or currently a Washington State licensed massage practitioner. Additional Fee: $64.00

CLINICAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II

MASST163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12B1 14/20 July 1, 2014 9 a.m. 12 p.m. T Slegers, E. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 3

Continues the exploration of body systems with an emphasis on the common pathologies of those systems started in MASST 147. In addition to covering the cause and effect of those pathologies, the learner will also be presented with the common allopathic treatments their clients may be receiving for those conditions. Pharmacology will include effects and side-effects of the medications, and how those relate to the indications and contraindications of massage. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 147. Additional Fee: $50.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF ARITHMETIC

MAT 060

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W09 22/30 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W10 23/30 June 30, 2014 11:20 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Hughes, R. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230

Credits: 5

Comprehensive instruction in basic arithmetic including whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages. Math vocabulary and problem solving strategies and approaches are taught. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required.

MATH FOR MEDICAL SPECIALTY

MAT 072

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88K1 18/20 July 11, 2014 4:30 p.m. 6 p.m. Daily Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Emphasis on fractions, combined percentages, metric, apothecary measurements and conversions, Roman numerals and dosage calculation formulas. Self-paced lab. (For hemodialysis students only). Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required. Hybrid.

PRE-ALGEBRA

MAT 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W13 22/30 June 30, 2014 11:20 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Stultz, D. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W14 27/30 June 30, 2014 1:30 p.m. 2:25 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W20 2/0 July 1, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W11 26/30 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W15 7/0 July 1, 2014 5:50 p.m. 8:20 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W18 12/0 July 5, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W12 17/30 June 30, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:05 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W19 5/0 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W17 18/0 July 1, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:55 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W16 9/0 June 30, 2014 4:45 p.m. 7:15 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Covers basic operations with whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportions, signed numbers, algebraic expressions, linear equations, order of operations, basic geometry, units of measurement, and introduction to statistics. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 60 is required. Sections 5W17, 5W18, and 5W19 are web enhanced.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W26, 5W27, 5W22, 5W23, 5W24, 5W25.

Intro To Alg Indus Busi

MAT 088

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W50 4/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113

Credits: 5

No description available.

INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA

MAT 091

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W43 2/5 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W29 3/0 July 1, 2014 5:50 p.m. 8:20 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W25 17/30 June 30, 2014 2:35 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W30 11/0 July 1, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:55 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W27 7/0 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W28 5/0 June 30, 2014 4:45 p.m. 7:15 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W22 28/30 June 30, 2014 11:20 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W23 14/30 June 30, 2014 12:25 p.m. 1:20 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W24 16/30 June 30, 2014 1:30 p.m. 2:25 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W32 3/0 July 1, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W21 24/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online
5W31 13/0 July 5, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Develops algebraic topics including algebraic expressions, solving linear equations and inequalities, coordinate graphing, systems of equations, polynomials, factoring and introduction to rational expressions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 082 is required.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes: 5W33, 5W34, 5W35, 5W36, 5W37, 5W38.

INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

MAT 099

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W44 2/1 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W35 1/0 June 30, 2014 8:05 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113
5W42 9/30 June 30, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:15 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W40 11/0 July 5, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W38 6/0 July 1, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:55 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W37 4/0 July 1, 2014 5:50 p.m. 8:20 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W36 3/0 June 30, 2014 4:45 p.m. 7:15 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W39 0/0 July 1, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W34 10/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online

Credits: 5

Expands on algebraic topics including solving equations and inequalities, graphing of linear and nonlinear equations, and rational expressions. Develops topics including roots and radicals; solving absolute value equations and inequalities; solving quadratic, exponential and logarithmic equations; and introduction to functions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $23.75.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W42, 5W43, 5W44, 5W45, 5W46, 5W47.

MATH FOR INDUSTRIAL PROFESSIONS

MAT 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0523 24/30 June 30, 2014 3:35 p.m. 4:30 p.m. Daily Herring, B. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra, geometry, metric measure, and trigonometry to calculate areas, volumes, and angles for polygonal objects, objects with smooth curves, and composite objects. With applications to material strength, tapers, pulleys, gears, screw threads, and elementary engines. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

MAT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0556 12/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online
0525 26/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra applied to percentages, markup and markdown, discounts, payroll, and simple and compound interest. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

MATH FOR HEALTH OCCUPATIONS

MAT 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0527 27/30 June 30, 2014 10:15 a.m. 11:10 a.m. Daily Stultz, D. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111
0526 20/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra including quadratic equations with real roots and unit conversion processes applied to U. S. and metric measure, calculation of dosages and intravenous infusions. Covers solutions and dilutions, elementary chemical calculations, and elementary non-linear functions. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

MATH FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS

MAT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0528 10/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Covers a variety of topics including probability, statistics, finance, modeling, sets and counting, matrix operations, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99. Additional Fee: $25.00

PRE CALCULUS I

MATH&141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0529 17/30 June 30, 2014 2:35 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 113

Credits: 5

Covers linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, absolute value, exponential, logarithmic, and inverse functions and equations; composite functions, linear and quadratic inequalities, graphs of functions, relations, and inequalities; and graphic transformations. Introduces limits, linear and quadratic curve fitting, and mathematical modeling including exponential growth and decay. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

PRE CALCULUS 2

MATH&142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0551 2/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online

Credits: 5

Covers circular, trigonometric, and inverse-trigonometric functions and graphs; trigonometric and inverse trigonometric identities; trigonometric equations; vectors and elementary vector operations; De Moivre’s theorem and equations with complex solutions; and polar and parametric equations and their graphs. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MATH& 141 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $25.00

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

MATH&146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0530 22/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Descriptive and inferential statistics, including measures of central tendency, dispersion or variation, and skewness. The student is introduced to basic concepts in probability, as well as discrete and continuous probability distribution functions. Statistical inference includes sampling, elementary experimental design, and hypothesis testing using normal, Student’s t, and F-distributions; linear regression and correlation; and the chi-square distribution. Graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 099 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

SHOP SAFETY

MCH 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7801 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Provides an overview of the program, orientation to shop procedures, and the responsibilities associated with personal safety and the safety of others. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $39.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT

MCH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7811 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides a review of basic arithmetic, using addition, subtraction, fractions, and decimal fractions. Study of drawings and prints, and an overview of basic measuring tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT II

MCH 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7821 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides study of basic geometry concepts and introduction to calculators. Advanced study of prints and reading of machine details. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT III

MCH 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7831 1/1 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

An introduction to trigonometric functions, practical machine mathematical applications, the Cartesian coordinate system, geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MACHINE AND TOOLS

MCH 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7841 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Use and care of hand and machine tools used in measurement, layout and inspection. Beginning machine tool operation of pedestal grinders, drill presses and power saws. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

LATHES I

MCH 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7851 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on lathes with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, turning, facing, grooving, threading, and tapers. Actual turning jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE

MCH 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7861 3/3 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on milling machines, with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, end milling, side milling, shell milling, drilling, and tapping. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

LATHES & MILLS II

MCH 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7871 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Intermediate calculations and machining operations with emphasis on accessories for lathes and milling machines. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

LATHES & MILLS III

MCH 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7881 1/1 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on precision setup using geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50

LATHES & MILLS IV

MCH 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7891 4/2 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on the use of all shop equipment to complete advanced precision projects. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

SURFACE GRINDING

MCH 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78A1 2/2 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Progressively difficult grinding operations with emphasis on surface grinding, mounting, dressing and truing grinding machine wheels. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

TOOL & CUTTER GRINDER

MCH 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78B1 4/2 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Progressively difficult tool and cutter grinding with emphasis on milling cutters, reamers and form tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $53.75

CATIA I

MCH 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78L1 0/0 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Gain introductory knowledge of 3D and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create basic parts and assemblies in solids and wireframe. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $53.75. Hybrid.

INTRODUCTION TO CNC

MCH 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78C1 4/2 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Introduction to CNC programming software and setups using CAD/CAM interfacing and project milling, drilling and lathe turning. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $63.25. Hybrid.

CATIA II

MCH 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78M1 1/1 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Build upon modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to apply graphic skills to create parts, assemblies and profiles in solids and wireframe. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

CATIA III

MCH 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78N1 0/0 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Apply more advanced modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create complex parts and assemblies in solids and wireframes. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

MEASUREMENT INSPECTION & EQUIPMENT

MCH 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78D1 7/6 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Understanding and operating Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machinery. Writing programs and manual data input. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50. Hybrid.

ADVANCED CNC

MCH 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78F1 3/3 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 12

Progressively advanced CNC machining techniques with emphasis placed on program troubleshooting and increased production. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $87.00. Hybrid.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

MCH 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78G1 5/4 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dam, K. Online

Credits: 4

Covers writing a resume, researching employers and job search techniques. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

INSPECTION TECHNIQUES

MCH 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78H1 6/5 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Proper use of inspection tools and equipment. Emphasis is on applied use of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing, with use of granite layout surfaces. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

METALLURGY & HEAT TREATMENT

MCH 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78J1 4/4 June 30, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Provides insight into the study of the properties and compositions of metals. Emphasis is on heat treatment of metals. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

MANUFACTURING RESOURCES & RESEARCH

MCH 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78K1 2/2 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dam, K. Online

Credits: 4

Study of resources for machining information with emphasis on methods of research. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY

MLT 214

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4801 15/16 Aug. 4, 2014 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 222

Credits: 6

Applies the principles of antigens and antibodies covered in MLT 210 to red blood cell antigens and antibodies, with emphasis on blood banking procedures, and culminating in performance of pre-transfusion cross matching. This course is offered summer quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 210. Additional Fee: $0.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly correlate the principles of immunology studied in the previous course with blood group antigens and antibodies, using lecture notes, reading assignments, references and medical dictionary
  • List the major genes, antigens, and antibodies of the ABO system and explain the modes of inheritance of the major ABO blood groups correctly using the terms gene, antigen, genotype, and phenotype; describe the development of ABO antigens on cells, explaining the effect of the Secretor gene on the expression of antigens in body fluids, and stating the principles of testing including temperature of reactivity, and antibody class involved
  • Correctly interpret the results of ABO (forward and reverse) and Rh typing and identify discrepancies
  • State the most common causes of ABO discrepancies and the procedures used to resolve them
  • List the major genes, antigens, and antibodies of the CDE system and explain the modes of inheritance within this system, testing performed to determine the presence or absence of the antigens, the mode of reactivity of the antibodies, antibody class involved and, given a phenotype, determine the Rh genotype in both Fisher-Race and Wiener
  • Describe, in classroom discussion, the development of Hemolytic Disease of the Fetus and Newborn (HDFN) including: maternal testing which should be performed, antibody class involved, signs and symptoms (both in-utero and at birth), most commonly implicated blood group antibodies, related tests for detection and determining the severity in maternal, fetal and newborn samples and prevention
  • Describe the product known as Rh Immune Globulin (RhiG) and list and describe the principle of tests performed to determine if a woman is RhiG candidate and dose to administer including: cord blood type (including weak D), OAT on infant, maternal antibody screen, D type (including weak D), fetal bleed screen (rosette) and Kleihauer-Betke stain
  • Describe the principle of the indirect antiglobulin test (IAT) and the direct antiglobulin test (OAT), including: application, how they are performed, what constitutes a positive reaction, interpretation, the clinical significance of a positive or negative test, the phenotypic makeup of screen and panel cells and causes of false positives and negatives
  • List the antigens to which patients most frequently make unexpected antibodies including: temperature of reactivity, antibody class involved, dosage reaction and tests performed to confirm their presence
  • Accurately list the tests performed on donor blood at the blood collection center
  • List at least ten components of whole blood, giving their shelf life, storage requirements, anticoagulant and preservatives used for collection, types of baas used for collection and therapeutic uses of each
  • Describe the specimen collection procedures for pre- transfusion compatibility testing, including identification and the use of blood bank armband systems, types of samples required for different tests performed, causes of rejection and list potential sources of error in any blood banking procedure
  • List and describe the principle of all tests which must be included in pre-transfusion compatibility testing including, interpretation, type of sample required, the correct selection of ABO compatible components when the patient's type is not available and potential sources of error
  • Correctly explain and compare, in classroom discussion, the causes and course of hemolytic transfusion reactions, both immediate and delayed, list the tests performed to diagnose, and the significance of positive or abnormal results obtained
  • Correctly explain, in classroom discussion, the development of non-hemolytic transfusion reactions and their causes, including febrile and allergic reactions, bacterial sepsis, infectious diseases, GVHD, and TRALI, as above
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing laboratory work; share reagents, space, small tools, and time on instruments without contention

CLINICAL BLOOD BANKING

MLT 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4811 15/16 Aug. 18, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Coelho, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 222

Credits: 5

Experience a mock clinical training rotation in blood banking under the direction of a currently practicing blood banking specialist. Building on the procedures mastered in MLT 214, students will solve real-world blood banking problems, including identification of antibodies. They will deal with daily inventory and temperature record-keeping, perform quality assurance procedures, and receive and complete stat orders. This course is presented summer quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 214. Additional Fee: $0.00.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Relate ABO {forward and reverse) and Rh (including Weak D) types to antigen/antibody theory, development of the antigens, patterns of inheritance for ABO and D, routine testing and interpretation of results (including the use of the Rh control) and clinical significance of ABO antibodies
  • Evaluate given reactions or reactions obtained during ABO typing for discrepancies, listing the steps to take in their resolution, list the most common causes of unexpected forward and reverse reactions, and the most common causes of ABO discrepancies
  • List the uses, the action and composition of available reagents, clinical significance of a positive test to diagnose disease states or conditions, causes of false positive and false negative reactions and the resolution of these unexpected reactions, and the possible interferences for the Direct Antiglobulin Test
  • List the components of a routine cord blood workup, noting the clinical significance of each test in the diagnosis and treatment of the disease, possible follow-up testing, classifications, clinical symptoms and specific causes of HDFN, and circumstances under which it is ordered
  • Define Rh Immune Globulin (RhoGam), listing indications, in vivo activity, and principles and clinical significance of the blood bank department work-up, to include the Fetal Screen (Rosette Test) and Kleihauer-Betke; relate it to prevention of HDFN and state the results of testing which would indicate a woman was a candidate as well as additional tests to perform, and calculate the proper dose to give
  • Define the routine Antibody Screen, listing specimen requirements, action and composition of reagents, principle of the test, phases of testing, methodologies, and significant antibodies detected, relating a positive result to principles of immunity as well as potential consequences for the recipient if antigen positive blood was transfused
  • Differentiate the Antibody Identification procedure from the Antibody Screen, and list the steps in the performance and interpretation of a panel, including the distinction between homozygous and heterozygous testing cells, naturally occurring versus immune antibodies including in-vitro reactivity, list the most common blood group antibodies encountered and their clinical significance, define "dosage affect', state the difference between phenotype and genotype, describe the procedure for phenotyping patients and donors for antigens and the procedures for selecting blood for patients with clinically significant antibodies
  • List the steps in pre-transfusion testing, including patient identification, specimen collection requirements, reasons for specimen rejection, test procedures, donor selection, record-keeping, and specimen storage for both patient and donor samples
  • Define the Major Crossmatch, differentiating it from the Minor Crossmatch, and listing specimen requirements, methodologies, phases of testing, and clinical significance of any reactions
  • List the storage requirements, usage, expiration, compatibility testing requirements, and expected post-transfusion effect for the following components: Platelets, Fresh-Frozen Plasma, Cryoprecipitate, Irradiated products, Leukocyte-Poor Red Cells
  • List the types of transfusion reactions, indicating cause, symptoms, sample requirements, tests used to diagnose and treat, specific steps to take when a patient has a reaction and possible outcomes for the patient
  • Compare and contrast tube-testing with gel testing procedures, following gel demonstration by instructor and/or on field trip visit to an affiliated hospital transfusion
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing phlebotomy; sharing space, equipment, and time in drawing room without contention

MICROBIOLOGY

MLT 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4821 15/16 July 7, 2014 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 222

Credits: 10

Begin with an introduction to bacterial growth, culture requirements, sterilization procedures, and biochemical activity. This introductory material is followed by detailed study of the gram positive cocci, the gram negative cocci, the enterobacteriaceae, and the non-fermentative gram negative bacilli; particular attention is paid to human pathogenic versus normal flora organisms, depending on body site. Identification by classical and packaged systems is followed by susceptibility studies. Brief presentations on anaerobes, parasitology, and mycology conclude the course. This course is offered summer quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 214. Additional Fee: $0.00. Web enhanced.

  • Differentiate sterilization from disinfection, describing means for each, and demonstrate in laboratory exercises aseptic technique
  • List five requirements for the in vitro growth of bacteria, defining the terms given in lecture which relate to these requirements, and describe the 4 phases of a bacterial colony's growth curve
  • Correctly define and differentiate the following terms related to bacteria and host-parasite relationships
    • Prokaryote
    • Parasite Eukaryote
    • Opportunist Protista
    • Pathogen Saprophyte
    • Mutual Symbiont Commensal
  • Sketch and correctly label the five morphological forms of bacteria, from memory, following lecture, and having completed the assigned reading
  • List the microbial mechanisms of pathogenicity, virulence factors and mechanisms by which normal flora may become opportunistic pathogens, as provided by the textbook, relating to specific organisms studied
  • Correctly use the terms given in the text to describe colonial morphology in laboratory exercises
  • List the components of the Gram Stain, describing the action of each, and the color reaction determining an organism's categorization as Gram Positive or Gram Negative
  • List and describe all media discussed in class and/or used in the laboratory, correctly designating its class, listing its significant components, preparation, abbreviation and noting specific uses
  • State correctly the genus and species, Gram stain reaction, morphology, atmospheric requirements, major biochemical reactions, unique characteristics, the disease or infections caused, most common site of infection, and pathogenicity of the genera of organisms listed below this table*
  • Correctly describe the appearance and biochemical activities of organisms as they may be demonstrated on a variety of differential media and individual tests. State the principle and purpose of the following biochemical tests: coagulase, catalase, hemolysis, beta-lactamase, CAMP, reverse CAMP, bile esculin hydrolysis, hippurate hydrolysis, salt tolerance, optochin susceptibility, PYR, bacitracin susceptibility, novobiocin susceptibility, Elek diffusion test, IMViC, CTA, Elek's Test, X & V factors, urea agar, oxidase production, lactose fermentation, H2S production, glucose utilization, indole, citrate, motility, and urease activity
  • Describe the performance of the Kirby- Bauer susceptibility testing; compare and contrast the information derived from Kirby-Bauer susceptibility testing and from MIG testing, following performance of both procedures in the student laboratory, and using lecture notes and reading assignments
  • Accurately list the major pathogens isolated from the following sources: naming the specific infection and its usual treatment, primary plating media, and specimen collection requirements:
    • Urine
    • Throat/Nasopharynx
    • Ear drainage
    • Genital
    • Spinal fluid
    • Feces
    • Blood
    • Burns
    • Sputum
    • Eye
  • Wound drainage, deep and superficial
  • For blood cultures state: the proper method of collection, best times of collection, media used for growth, purpose of different chemicals present in the media, method for working UP Wme, appearance
  • Correctly complete the worksheet on Mycobacteria, using the reading assignment in the text, and following lecture Presentation
  • Correctly complete the worksheet on Mycology, using the reading assignment in the text, and following lecture presentation
  • Prepare and present an oral report on an assigned group of parasites. Student may use text parasitology chapters, reference texts provided by the instructor, overhead life cycle diagrams, internet sources, and preserved clinical specimens. Report must be followed by a 10-point quiz for the class, with all students earning a grade of 70% or better
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing laboratory work; share reagents, space, small tools, and time on instruments without contention
    • Bacillus Francisella Proteus
    • Bacteroides
    • Haemophilus
    • Providentia
    • Bordetella
    • Klebsiella
    • Pseudomonas
    • Brucella
    • Legionella
    • Salmonella
    • Campylobacter
    • Listeria
    • Serratia
    • Citrobacter
    • Moraxella
    • Shigella
    • Clostridium
    • Mycobacterium
    • Staphylococcus
    • Corynebacterium
    • Neisseria
    • Streptococcus
    • Edwardsiella
    • Pasteurella
    • Vibrio
    • Eikenella
    • Peptococcus
    • Yersinia
    • Erwinia

URINALYSIS

MLT 218

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4831 15/16 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 222

Credits: 3

Perform routine urine analysis, both macroscopic and microscopic, with attention to abnormal results and their possible cause. An overview of the anatomy and physiology of the excretory system, and the normal and abnormal constituents of urine accompany laboratory practice. This course is presented summer quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 217. Additional Fee: $0.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • List the components of the chain of infection and the laboratory safety precautions that break the chain
  • Discuss the components and purpose of chemical hygiene plans, quality assessment, PPE, and material safety data sheets
  • Recognize standard hazard warning symbols and explain actions that need to be taken regarding laboratory safety
  • Identify the components and describe the functions of the nephron, kidney, and excretory system and list and describe diseases and disorders associated with them including laboratory tests used to diagnose and treat
  • Describe the process and conditions of glomerular filtration, tubular reabsorption and secretion, and renal blood flow and list and describe diseases, disorders, diagnosis and treatment associated with the renal system, including the four basic classifications of renal disease, and tests used to diagnose these conditions
  • List the three major organic and inorganic chemical constituents of urine and state the normal urine values used for diagnosis and treatment of diseases, including descriptive terms for volume, appearance, and constituents of urine using correct units of measure including, but not limited to, WBC, RBC, epithelial cells, crystals, bacteria, yeast, parasites, protein, glucose, creatinine, pH, bilirubin, urobilinogen, nitrites, leukocyte esterase, specific gravity, HCG, Bence-Janes protein, crystals, casts and urine toxicology and state results of testing which may indicate a sample for toxicology has been adulterated
  • Discuss the glomerulus filtration tests and their advantages and disadvantages
  • State the clinical reference standards and methods for urinalysis and osmometry, and how the specific gravity helps to determine the patient's condition
  • Discuss the symptoms and results of laboratory testing for conditions that are caused by either a defect in pancreatic production or insulin or a decrease in the production or function of antidiuretic hormone
  • Describe the type of specimen and method of collection needed for optimal results for fasting, random, clean catch, catheterized, 24 hour samples and routine drug screening, storage temperatures, method of labeling, length of time a sample may be left at room temperature, specific changes to analytes which occur when a sample is stored improperly, most commonly ordered tests, and possible reasons the laboratory would reject a specimen
  • State the clinical significance, methods used, terms used to describe, proper method for examining and causes of a urine's color, acidity, appearance, odor, pH, specific gravity, and the chemical testing
  • Describe the proper technique for performing reagent strip testing, including interpretation of results, expected values, confirmatory testing including under what circumstances they are performed, how to properly interpret test results, description of the principle of the test, substances which may interfere in chemical

PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF CLEANING AND DISINFECTION

MMN 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8301 17/20 June 18, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 6

Classroom and laboratory experience in the fundamentals of cleaning and disinfection. Topics include water quality, water purification systems, chemical cleaning and disinfecting agents, handling and transporting of patient care equipment, and general cleaning protocols for instruments and equipment. The proper and safe handling of infectious waste is included. Web enhanced. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75% be able to identify the fundamental concepts of cleaning, decontamination, and disinfection. Differentiate the differences between the three processes
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify various chemicals and their properties as used in cleaning, decontamination, and disinfection Identify the appropriate chemicals to use for a variety of situations and materials
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to decontaminate all types of equipment, including instruments, powered equipment, and endoscopes. An understanding of various washers/decontaminators will be demonstrated
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to identify factors that impact water quality and their effects on common materials found in the Central Service Department
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to explain the basics of distillation, deionization, and reverse osmosis water purification systems, including the effects of each
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, have an understanding of the safety and prevention issues associated with the chemicals and equipment used in the decontamination process
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, explain the management of infectious waste

PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF STERILIZATION

MMN 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8311 17/20 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 6

Classroom and laboratory experience in the packaging, assembly, and sterilization of procedural trays, instrument sets, and sterile supplies. Major topics include methods of high- and low-temperature sterilization, sterilization chemicals, and packaging materials. Guidelines for point of use processing are discussed. Operations, parameters, and maintenance of various sterilizers are included, as well as monitoring of the sterilization process and quality control. Proper storage and storage concerns for sterile supplies are included. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify and explain the various methods of high and low temperature sterilization, and the parameters, advantages, disadvantages, and safety concerns associated with each
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, demonstrate the knowledge and skills of proper loading, operation, and unloading of various sterilizers in the lab
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to identify the principles and methods of packaging and types of packaging materials. The student will demonstrate proper packaging and wrapping of various items for the appropriate method of sterilization
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, lab and clinical practice, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, demonstrate knowledge of special considerations for proper storage and handling of sterile supplies
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, lab and clinical practice, the student will at a minimum level of 70%, explain the differences in properties and usage of chemical, biological, and technical control indicators. The importance of thorough record keeping will be learned

MATERIEL MANAGEMENT/CENTRAL SERVICE APPLICATIONS

MMN 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8321 17/20 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. TWTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Overview of the handling and distribution of materiels in a medical facility. Inventory management, replenishment methods, and tracking systems are included. Students become familiar with quality assurance measures and techniques. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126, 129. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the essential principles associated with the distribution of supplies and equipment. Identify and explain the differences among the various replenishment systems found in healthcare
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, define terms associated with inventory management and identify key principles associated with inventory control
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, be able to differentiate between disposable and reusable items
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify available tracking methods and the purpose of tracking instruments and equipment
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, understand the definition of quality. Identify the different quality control methods available, who the customers are, and what impact customer service has in the healthcare setting
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, describe the differences in guidelines for Ambulatory Surgery Centers and VA facilities as they compare to guidelines for other acute hospitals

JOB SKILLS

MMN 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8331 17/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. M Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 1

Using the online classroom, this self-paced hybrid course will guide the student to prepare a resume, cover letter, and application. Interviewing tips and techniques will be covered, as well as the online application process. Students will return to the classroom the last two to three days of the class to demonstrate clear understanding of the process and to be given job search information. Hybrid. Prerequisite: Completion of MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126, 129, 131.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing handouts, the internet, and online discussion, the student will prepare a letter of introduction, a resume, and a thank you letter
  • Utilizing handouts, lecture, the internet, and discussion, the student will demonstrate an understanding of the interview process, including appropriate conduct before, during, and after, as well as knowledge of appropriate dress and posture
  • Utilizing the internet, newspapers, and other resources, the student will provide current job market information for positions available to them relative to the training the program has provided
  • MMN 213
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct, and attendance according to program standards
  • Apply Central Service, Sterile Processing, and Materiel Management concepts to clinical practice
  • Use Standard Precautions at all times
  • Utilize criticism to improve performance
  • Maintain confidentiality of patients, staff, peers and health care facility

MUSIC APPRECIATION

MUSC&105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0531 6/30 July 3, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Learn about elements of music, that is, the building blocks: pitch, melody, harmony, rhythm, texture, timbre and dynamics. Study the evolution of music through the ages. This will not be a music history class, but rather an investigation of how music changed through time. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/ SLEP score; or successful completion of ENG 094 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

NURSING ASSISTANT THEORY

NAC 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS01 13/40 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Sword, Y. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 6

The Nursing Assistant Certified Program prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of a professional licensed provider such as a Registered Nurse. This course is an introduction to the role and responsibilities of being a Nursing Assistant. Prerequisites: Ability to lift up to 50 pounds. This occupation requires medium physical activity and lifting/handling objects weighing up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting. Additional Fee: $70.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the functions and role of a nursing assistant in a long-term care facility
  • Discuss the Omnibus budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for nursing assistant training
  • Define types of abuse and neglect and describe the signs that indicate abuse and neglect
  • List the types of transmission of infection precautions that are to be used in addition to standard precautions
  • Describe ways a nursing assistant can most effectively prevent the spread of any communicable disease including AIDS/HIV
  • Describe the influences of culture in the resident’s response to health, wellness and illness
  • Identify the age-related changes and abnormalities of the body systems
  • Identify the different common and therapeutic diets
  • Demonstrate accurate measuring and recording of food and fluid intake and output
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of medical terminology and abbreviations
  • Identify the causes and preventative measures of pressure ulcers
  • Describe the signs and symptoms and actions for airway obstruction in the responsive and unresponsive victim
  • Describe and demonstrate the steps of CPR

NURSING SKILL FUNDAMENTALS

NAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS21 2/20 July 18, 2014 7:30 a.m. 4 p.m. Arranged Hernandez, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137
NS11 11/20 July 18, 2014 7:30 a.m. 4 p.m. Arranged Sword, Y. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137

Credits: 4

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. This course includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds, and no record on file from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate lifting an object using proper body mechanics
  • Demonstrate proper hand-washing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper lifting, moving, positioning and transfer techniques
  • Demonstrate proper range of motion
  • Demonstrate the proper technique and documentation weight, blood pressure, pulse respirations and temperature
  • Demonstrate proper bathing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper personal care and grooming techniques
  • Demonstrate proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for feeding a client
  • Demonstrate the correct and safe application of TED stockings

UNIT BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

NAC 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS31 13/40 Aug. 4, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sword, Y. Off Campus

Credits: 2

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. The course includes content describing principles of documentation, accurate observation, reporting of residents’ conditions, and philosophy of restorative nursing as well as clinical practice experience under the supervision of the NAC instructor. Students must demonstrate skills at an acceptable or exceeds standard level to pass this course. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentations of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting; have no record on file for crimes against children or vulnerable adults from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101. Additional Fee: $10.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate resident care activities including personal care and bathing
  • Demonstrate the practice of standard precautions and their application in the health care setting
  • Identify emergency practices and procedures and their applications in a health care setting
  • Demonstration of the proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate proper techniques for feeding residents

NURSING SKILL FUNDAMENTALS

NAC 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS1F 14/0 July 1, 2014 4 p.m. 8 p.m. TWTh Collar, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137

Credits: 7

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of a professional licensed provider such as a registered nurse. Explore the principles of providing basic patient care; includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies as required under the Washington State and Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for the Nursing Assistant Training, as well as those fundamental skills required by the Licensed Practical Nurse program. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each of the skills tested. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 lbs., and a No Record on File from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate lifting an object using proper body mechanics
  • Demonstrate proper hand-washing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper lifting, moving, positioning and transfer techniques
  • Demonstrate proper range of motion
  • Demonstrate the proper technique and documentation weight, blood pressure, pulse respirations and temperature
  • Demonstrate proper bathing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper personal care and grooming techniques
  • Demonstrate proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for feeding a client
  • Demonstrate the correct and safe application of TED stockings

UNIT BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

NAC 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS1C 13/0 Aug. 5, 2014 Arranged Arranged TWTh Collar, S. Arranged

Credits: 2

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as registered nurses. The course includes content describing principles of documentation, accurate observation, and reporting of resident’s conditions and philosophy of restorative nursing program as well as clinical practice experience under the supervision of the NAC instructor. Students must demonstrate skills at an acceptable or exceeds-standards level to pass this course. Students must correctly demonstrate at least 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, no record on file for crimes against children or vulnerable adults from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. This occupation requires medium physical activity and lifting/handling objects weighing 10-25 pounds (occasionally up to 50 pounds). Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting. Successful completion of NAC 1XX, NAC 1XX and NAC 131.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate resident care activities including personal care and bathing
  • Demonstrate the practice of standard precautions and their application in the health care setting
  • Identify emergency practices and procedures and their applications in a health care setting
  • Demonstration of the proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate proper techniques for feeding residents
  • Demonstrate appropriate observation skills and reporting appropriate information to licensed supervisory staff
  • Demonstrate the proper techniques for taking and recording blood pressure, pulse, respiration, temperature and weight

VISUAL AND OPTICAL TESTING

NDT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09B1 11/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Evans, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 402

Credits: 5

Visual inspection is the most widely used method of nondestructive testing. Learn to detect various discontinuances related to the power-plant industry, structural steel fabrication and construction industries, aerospace industry, petro-chemical industry, and manufacturing processes. Exercises are performed using many visual inspection tools. Additional Fee: $45.00

MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING

NDT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09C1 11/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Evans, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 402

Credits: 5

Learn proper magnetization techniques, evaluate indications, interpret accept/reject standards, and implement quality-control techniques. Students develop and write procedures and inspect welds, castings, and machined components. Includes extensive hands-on training in the magnetic particle lab. Additional Fee: $45.00

LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING

NDT 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09D1 11/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Evans, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 402

Credits: 5

Covers principles and practices of liquid penetrant inspection. Learn why and when to use various types of penetrant materials, and the proper techniques necessary for reliable inspection. Addresses the evaluation of liquid penetrant indications, interpreting standards and specifications, and checking penetrant system quality. Review fundamental liquid penetrant principles and techniques; develop and write procedures; and inspect welds, castings, forgings, and machined components. Parts are evaluated according to relevant codes and/or standards. Additional Fee: $45.00

RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING I

NDT 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0971 17/18 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 5

Introduces radiographic principles, terms, definitions, and basic theory. Basics covered give an understanding of how an X-ray tube generates X-radiation and how the use of radiation will provide a finished product. Explores basic use of X-ray film, film speed, and film processing. Introduction to finished film quality and interpretation. Introduction to procedures using radiographic standards and codes. Introduces film interpretation for welds, castings, and nonmetallic materials, teaching accept-reject criteria. Additional Fee: $45.00

RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING II

NDT 190

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0981 17/18 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 5

Covers radiographic techniques commonly used in industrial testing. The student will make radiographs using X-ray machines and iridium 192 isotope sources. Focuses on the safety aspect of working with radioisotopes and equipment used in isotope radiography. Additional Fee: $45.00

RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING III

NDT 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0991 17/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 5

Covers radiographic techniques used by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Welding Society Structural Welding Code, American Petroleum Institute, and other codes used in industry. The student will do radiographic inspection and evaluation to each code, computer enhanced real-time radiography, and cobalt 60 isotope radiography. Additional Fee: $45.00

CAPSTONE PROJECT

NDT 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09A1 17/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 3

Designed to synthesize and integrate the knowledge gained in all previous courses and demonstrate the application of theory and practice through a project. Additional Fee: $45.00

IT ESSENTIALS I

NSS 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4701 13/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently install, build, configure, upgrade, troubleshoot and repair PC compatible hardware, including troubleshooting basic networks and Internet connectivity. Additionally, this course will cover the latest memory, bus, peripherals and wireless technologies. Additional Fee: $73.75

IT ESSENTIALS II

NSS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4711 13/30 July 21, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently use, install, configure, upgrade, and troubleshoot current operating systems technologies. Prerequisites: NSS 101 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

CISCO NETWORKING I

NSS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AF 12/30 July 1, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 4

The first of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA1, Networking Basics curriculum, which teaches basics of Ethernet technologies, cabling LANSs and WANS, network media, basics of TCP/IP and IP addressing and routing fundamentals.

LAW & ETHICS IN THE WORKPLACE

NSS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4731 22/30 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Liability and litigation can arise from many situations, including misuse and abuse of computer databases, bulletin boards, email, web pages, electronic funds transfer systems, and proprietary computer programs. Recommended business practices for policies, codes of conduct, and communications are examined. Additional Fee: $69.00

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT I

NSS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4741 15/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills, and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face while running a desktop operating system. Additional Fee: $73.75

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT II

NSS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4751 16/30 July 31, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face related to configuring and maintaining applications running on a desktop operating system. Prerequisites: NSS 120 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

IMPLEMENTING SYSTEM SECURITY

NSS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4771 23/30 July 1, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Capstone course of general security concepts, communications security, infrastructure security, basics of cryptography and organizational security. Includes access, attacks, auditing, vulnerabilities, devices, algorithms, protocols, disaster recover and documentation. Additional Fee: $69.00

SERVER OS INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION

NSS 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AD 16/30 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to deploy, support, and secure windows server network operating systems in a variety of stand-alone and enterprise network environments. Provides hands-on training for Information Systems Security professionals responsible for managing accounts and resources, maintaining server resources, monitoring server performance, safeguarding data, and securing server network operating systems. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

SHAREPOINT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

NSS 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AC 23/30 July 1, 2014 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully install, manage and support SharePoint services. Successful students will learn and introduction to Administration, Content Management, and configuration of SharePoint services in a variety of network settings. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

CYBER SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS

NSS 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47A1 13/30 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

This course introduces students to the evolving field of cybersecurity. Students will learn about common cyber attacks and the techniques used to identify, detect, and defend against cybersecurity threats. They will also gain a basic understanding of personal, physical, network, internet, and enterprise security, as well as a foundation for more advanced study of cybersecurity Additional Fee: $69.00

INTRODUCTION TO LINUX

NSS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47B1 19/30 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of the UNIX operating system, concepts, architecture, and administration. The student will practice these basic concepts and approaches using LINUX. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSS 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AB 19/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in windows server operating systems. Provides hands on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services including windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification Prerequisite: NSS 139 Server OS Installation and Configuration

VIRTUALIZATION AND CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES

NSS 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47C1 19/30 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Introduces the virtualization and cloud technologies needed to advance in today's technology workplace. This class includes opportunities for hands-on learning experiences to build the skills necessary for a successful career in the computer industry increasingly focused on cloud technologies using virtualization. Additional Fee: $69.00

CONTINGENCY PLANNING

NSS 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47D1 22/30 June 30, 2014 1 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112
47H1 16/30 July 1, 2014 1 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Course consists of an introduction to disaster recovery and contingency planning from an Information Technology (IT) aspect. It covers risk assessment, hazard analysis, business impact analysis, basic plan development and long-range contingency planning, all of which provide basic concepts and recommended processes for long-range contingency planning. Additional Fee: $69.00

INTERNSHIP I

NSS 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47F1 10/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 2

On-the-job practical field experience combining classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Includes scheduled seminars. Additional Fee: $50.00

ADVANCED LINUX

NSS 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47G1 21/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Advanced fundamentals of the Linux operating system, the operating system of the Internet, servers and desktop computers. This course is a hands-on, practical approach to the advanced abilities and usage of Linux system concepts, architecture and administration. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSS 160. Additional Fee: $73.75

INTERNSHIP II

NSS 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47J1 18/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 2

This course provides practical field experience in a security-related specialty area. Includes a scheduled seminar. Additional Fee: $50.00

OVERVIEW OF HACKING & PENETRATION TESTING

NSSB 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47K1 12/30 July 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Introduces the history of hacking, its various forms, and some examples of the latest attacks, tools, and techniques employed by today’s hackers as well as countermeasures that illustrate how to protect against these devastating maneuvers. Additional Fee: $73.75

NSSB SECURITY LEARNING LAB I

NSSB 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47M1 12/30 July 11, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. F Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain knowledge, enhance their skills, and receive hands-on experience necessary to be successful in the security field. Additional Fee: $64.25

WEB SECURITY

NSSB 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47L1 13/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Analyze the risks involved and determine what level of security is needed to operate a web site. Topics include how to protect a web setup from intrusion, sabotage, eavesdropping and tampering, and view the website with existing tools and techniques of hackers. Develop a secure website plan to select, secure, configure, and set up firewalls, as well as secure an extended and distributed enterprise network or Virtual Private Network. Additional Fee: $73.75

CISCO NETWORKING I

NSSC 200

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47N1 11/30 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The first of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA1, Networking Basics curriculum. Includes the basics of Ethernet technologies, cabling LANs and WANs, network media, basics of TCP/IP and IP addressing and routing fundamentals. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO NETWORKING II

NSSC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47P1 11/30 July 28, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The second of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA2. Includes the basics of configuring routers, routing protocols, TCP/IP concepts, access control lists and network troubleshooting skills. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 200. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced,

CISCO NETWORKING III

NSSC 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47Q1 4/30 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The third of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA3. Includes VLSM, basics of OSPF and EIGRP, switch concepts and configuration, Spanning Tree Protocols, VLANs and VTP. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 201. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO NETWORKING IV

NSSC 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47R1 4/30 July 29, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The last of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum. Includes ISDN, DDR, Frame Relay, PPP, NAT, PAT, DHCP and WAN technologies. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 203. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO LEARNING LAB I

NSSC 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47S1 5/30 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Arranged Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCENT certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 200 (Cisco Networking I) & NSSC 201 (Cisco Networking II). Additional Fee: $64.25

CISCO LEARNING LAB II

NSSC 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47T1 3/20 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Arranged Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCNA certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 203 (Cisco Networking III) & NSSC 205 (Cisco Networking IV). Additional Fee: $64.25

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSSD 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47U1 17/30 June 30, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in Windows server operating systems. Provides hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADVANCED WINDOWS SERVER CONFIGURATION

NSSD 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47V1 18/30 July 31, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement advanced services in Windows server operating systems. Provides extensive hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Network Load Balancing, Clustering, DHCP, DNS and Direct Access. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I

NURS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8001 48/60 July 2, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. W Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Nursing interventions, pharmacological considerations and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisite: Admission to Practical Nursing program. Additional Fee: $175.00. Web enhanced.

MENTAL HEALTH NURSING

NURS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8011 47/60 June 30, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. M Anderson, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the continuum between mental health and illness and the therapeutic nurse-client relationship. Selected mental disorders will be discussed with emphasis on nursing interventions, common interdisciplinary treatments, and services available for clients in inpatient and outpatient settings. Prerequisite: Admission to Practical Nursing program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

PHARMACOLOGY IN NURSING

NURS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8021 48/60 July 1, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. T Bahrt, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Presents pharmacological concepts and principles for preparation and administration of medications along with related client assessment and teaching. The role and responsibility of the practical nurse in drug therapy is emphasized. The student is prepared to participate safely and effectively in medication therapy. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

CONTEMPORARY MATERNITY NURSING

NURS 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8031 47/60 July 2, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. W Anderson, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the care of childbearing women and their families through all stages of pregnancy and childbirth as well as the first six weeks after birth. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

NURSING OF CHILDREN

NURS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8041 47/60 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. M Bahrt, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 108

Credits: 3

Presents the principles necessary for the student to care for clients throughout the age continuum with special emphasis on developmental stages and how they impact self care. Common diseases and disorders related to each developmental stage are explored. Prerequisites: NURS 117, 120, 122, 123, 124. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

LAB AND CLINICAL II

NURS 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8051 47/60 July 3, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. ThF Serrano, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 130

Credits: 4

Students will demonstrate competence in selected nursing skills using simulation equipment or other nursing students as clients. Students will also have a clinical experience focusing on safe nursing practice, nursing process, communication , documentation and client teaching. Prerequisites: NURS 102, 109, 112, 113, 115, 119 Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III

NURS 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8061 43/60 June 30, 2014 10:30 a.m. 4:30 p.m. M Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 108

Credits: 6

Focuses on the use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Pharmacologic and nutritional considerations and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisites: NURS 102, 109, 112, 113, 115, 119, 120, 125, 128, 130, 132, 135, 136, 147. Additional Fee: $175.00. Web enhanced.

ISSUES & TRENDS IN NURSING II

NURS 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8071 43/60 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. M Dyer, H. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 2

Prepares the student for entry into nursing practice. Emphasis is on concepts of leadership, role of the practical nurse, and nursing laws governing practice. Career opportunities, preparation for licensure, and opportunities for further education in nursing are explored. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM III

NURS 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8081 43/60 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Pope, H. Off Campus

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medication to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practiced, nursing process, communication, practice in providing complete care for two or more clients. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $39.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM IV

NURS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8091 43/60 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bahrt, D. Off Campus

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medication to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practices, nursing process, communication, and practice in providing complete care for two or more clients. Prerequisites: NURS 133, 149, 153. Additional Fee: $39.00

MENTAL HEALTH NURSING

NURS 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2501 25/25 June 30, 2014 4 p.m. 8 p.m. M Murphy, H. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

Focuses on mental health throughout the lifespan with integration of multicultural beliefs and practices. Prerequisites: NURS 208, NURS 211, NURS 212, NURS 214, NURS 215, NURS 217, NURS 222. Additional Fee: $120.00. Web enhanced.

PERSPECTIVES IN PROFESSIONAL NURSING

NURS 233

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2511 25/25 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged George, P. Online

Credits: 2

Focuses on professional role development and contemporary issues in nursing, such as licensure and legal aspects of nursing practice, ethical issues in professional relationships, professional development through participation in professional organizations, and advocacy through political activism. Theories and concepts of leadership and management, as well as issues of quality and cost effectiveness of care, interdisciplinary collaboration, and emerging care delivery models. Prerequisites: NURS 208, NURS 210, NURS 211, NURS 212, NURS 217, NUS 218, NURS 222, NURS 224, and NURS 227. Additional Fee: $25.00

CAPSTONE CLINICAL

NURS 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2521 25/25 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Murphy, H. Off Campus

Credits: 6

An individual immersion assignment intended to strengthen the student's clinical skills and make possible the final transition from LPN to RN. The clinical objectives will be determined by careful assessment of the collective work experience as an LPN, the further education acquired within this program, the Nurse Practice Act, and documented skill standards. Prerequisites: NURS 210, NURS 212, NURS 217, NURS 218, NURS 222, NURS 224, NURS 226. Office Technology courses (CAS or OFCT prefixes) are listed in the Business Support Services section. Additional Fee: $39.00. Web enhanced.

NUTRITION

NUTR&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0570 18/24 July 1, 2014 12 p.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Dyer, H. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

An exploration of macronutrients (carbohydrates, proteins and fats) and micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and their role in growth, development, and optimal health throughout the lifespan. A study of the anatomy and physiology of the gastrointestinal tract and its relation to digestion, absorption and metabolism of nutrients will be completed. Students will explore the role of nutrition in preventing nutrition related diseases. A healthy dietary plan will be developed to assist students in making healthy changes in their nutritional status for themselves and other members of their community.

PSYCHOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE

PSY 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0539 24/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces general psychological principles and their application to the workplace, emphasizing critical thinking with regard to self-awareness, interpersonal relations, motivation, and teamwork. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Section 0552 is hybrid.

GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0532 29/30 June 30, 2014 11:20 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 10, Rm. 219
0533 29/30 June 30, 2014 12:25 p.m. 1:20 p.m. Daily Jacobs, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 219
0535 26/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online
0536 16/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online
0534 6/30 June 30, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. MW Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
0537 14/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online

Credits: 5

Surveys the knowledge and methods of the discipline of psychology. A broad view of this subject is presented and establishes the foundation for further study of the discipline. Emphasis will be placed on the application of psychological knowledge to daily situations, and on accessing and assessing information about behavior from a variety of sources. Skills in scientific reasoning and critical thinking will be developed. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0548 and 0550 are hybrid.

LIFESPAN PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&200

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0540 29/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sperry, D. Online

Credits: 5

This course provides an introduction to the milestones of human development from conception to death. It describes the physical, cognitive, and social growth of people, with special attention to various cultural contexts of development and the rich diversity of individuals. The content is drawn from research and theories in developmental psychology. Students are expected to integrate their personal experiences, knowledge of psychology, and their observations of human development with the content of this course. Implications for parenting, education, and social policy making will be discussed so that the student may apply course information to meaningful problems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100. Additional Fee: $25.00

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
241B 10/0 July 1, 2014 6:15 p.m. 8:45 p.m. TTh Curry, R. Bldg. 37, Rm. 206
0541 11/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sperry, D. Online

Credits: 5

A study of the development and symptoms of mental health disorders. Topics covered include schizophrenia, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, psychosomatic disorders, sexual deviation, organic disorders, and the process of adjustment to stress. Attention is given to biosocial, cognitive, and cultural factors and their role in mental health. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100 or PSY 112. Additional Fee: $25.00

Note:

Only section 241B is an I-BEST class.

INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACY & PHARMACY LAW

PT 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2701 15/21 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Online

Credits: 5

Orients students to the work of pharmacy technicians and the context in which technicians’ work is performed. Study of pharmacy law, as it pertains to the practice of pharmacy in the state of Washington, compared to the United States as a whole. Prerequisites: High school diploma or high school equivalency diploma. Computer literate. Ability to speak, read, and write the English language. Successful completion of Math 107, 108, or 109, or higher. Successful completion of a 5 credit Medical Terminology course. Successful completion of CAH 105 Computer Applications. All courses must be completed with a B or above. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the origins of pharmacy
  • Compare the differences between duties and responsibilities of pharmacy technicians and pharmacists
  • Define the laws of the state of Washington pertaining to the practice of pharmacy, and their impact upon pharmacy technicians
  • Explain the ethical relationship between pharmacy personnel and the community
  • Explain how the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act influences the practice of pharmacy
  • Discuss ASHP guidelines for Pharmacy Technician Programs
  • Recognize the importance of the Health Information portability Accountability Act
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Pharmacy requirement for HIV/AIDS training
  • Define Cultural Competency in regard to Health Services and Care

PHARMACOLOGY PART I

PT 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2711 15/21 July 1, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 5

Explores drug action mechanisms, the routes of administration, and the effects on body systems. Emphasis on the uses, effects, and side effects of the major drug classes. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: Same as PT 121. Additional Fee: $48.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define therapeutic effects
  • Use drug terminology correctly in written and oral communication
  • Discuss the basic mechanisms of drug actions
  • Analyze basic drug use concepts
  • Explain the side effects of the major drug classes

PHARMACOLOGY PART II

PT 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2721 14/20 July 2, 2014 7:30 a.m. 10 a.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 237

Credits: 5

Continues the exploration of drug action mechanisms, the routes of administration, and the effects on body systems. Emphasis on the uses, effects, and side effects of the major drug classes and the systems they are used on. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $48.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define therapeutic effects
  • Use drug terminology correctly in written and oral communication
  • Discuss the basic mechanisms of drug actions
  • Analyze basic drug use concepts
  • Explain the side effects of the major drug classes

COMMUNITY PHARMACY PRACTICE

PT 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2731 15/21 June 30, 2014 10 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Lalli, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 6

Introduces the retail pharmacy experience. All aspects of community pharmacy practice, including keyboarding, prescription filling, and compounding are explored in this course. Customer service is explored as well. Prerequisite: Same as PT 121. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $48.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss professionalism, customer service, and telephone procedures
  • Accurately perform mathematical calculations needed for prescription filling
  • Interpret abbreviations and symbols used in prescriptions and medical orders
  • Demonstrate keyboarding skills of 35wpm using keyboarding software
  • Exhibit proficient prescription processing
  • Compare and explain different 3rd party billing options
  • Define the term extemporaneous compounding
  • Describe common situations in which compounding is required
  • Discuss equipment used for weighing, measuring and compounding pharmaceuticals

GENERIC DRUG NAMES PART I

PT 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2741 15/21 July 1, 2014 12:30 p.m. 1:30 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 3

Introduces the top 200 drugs prescribed in the United States each year. Prerequisites: Same as PT 121. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $34.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the Brand name to the generic name of the top 200 drugs
  • Identify the therapeutic class
  • Recognize the common dosage forms
  • Compare the routes of administration
  • Explain the most common auxiliary labels

CLINICAL CAPSTONE RESEARCH

PT 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2751 14/20 July 2, 2014 10 a.m. 12:30 p.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Discover local pharmacies and the requirements for internship. Explore professional conduct and appearance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 129 and PT 143 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Research and identify pharmacies for internship opportunities
  • Discuss the attitude and appearance likely to impress a prospective employer
  • Complete informational interviews to secure one clinical site rotation with signed preceptor agreement

HOSPITAL PRACTICE

PT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2771 14/20 July 1, 2014 7:30 a.m. 8 a.m. T Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 6

Introduces students to formularies, manual and electronic distribution systems, and procedures for hospital practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $53.50. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss the origins and purposes of a formulary
  • Describe universal precautions and how to avoid contamination
  • Demonstrate correct unit dose procedures
  • Transcribe medications orders
  • Analyze the variety of automated distribution systems and how they have changed pharmacy practice

GENERIC DRUG NAMES PART II

PT 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
27A1 14/20 July 1, 2014 7:30 a.m. 8 a.m. T Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 3

Continues the exploration of the top 200 drugs prescribed in the United States each year, adding the component of drugs used. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with a grade of B or above.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the Brand name to the generic name of the top 200 drugs
  • Identify the therapeutic class
  • Recognize the common dosage forms
  • Compare the routes of administration
  • List the most commons diluents, and intravenous fluids used in hospital practice with drugs specific to that setting

PHARMACEUTICAL CALCULATIONS

PT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2781 15/21 July 1, 2014 10 a.m. 12 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 2

Math specific to the practice of pharmacy will be explored. Prerequisites: High school diploma or high school equivalency diploma. Computer literate. Ability to speak, read, and write the English language. Successful completion of Math 107, 108, or 109, or higher. Successful completion of a 5 credit Medical Terminology course. Successful completion of CAH 105 Computer Applications. All courses must be completed with a B or above. Additional Fee: $34.50. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the four systems of measurement commonly used in pharmacy
  • Calculate equivalent measurements within the metric system
  • Convert units of measure between the metric system, apothecary system, and the household system
  • Demonstrate accurate dosage calculations using the various methods covered

STERILE PARENTERAL PRODUCT PREPARATIONS

PT 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2791 14/20 July 1, 2014 12 p.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 3

Apply the techniques learned to make intravenous admixture and chemotherapy products. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid. Section 2782 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate aseptic technique
  • Discuss the equipment and procedures used in preparing parenterals
  • Discuss resources, personnel utilization, and general economic considerations of sterile product preparation
  • Demonstrate positive/negative pressure
  • Discuss total parenteral nutrition solutions and their components
  • Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare parenteral products

SUCCESSFUL CAREER DEVELOPMENT

RBM 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57D1 3/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Participate in self-analysis, goal setting, career exploration, personal appearance and grooming, resume writing, application letter writing, the employment interview, communication of ideas, interviewing practice, and other techniques of successful career development. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the types of jobs they’d like (Identify Your Target)
  • Develop relationships with prospective employers (Network and Interview)
  • Develop professional presentation techniques
  • Produce a resume and cover letter
  • Create a brag book

CUSTOMER SERVICE STRATEGIES

RBM 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5751 4/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Concepts of effective customer service, step-by-step suggestions for improving your skills, and valuable references for delivering exceptional internal and external customer service skills. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the elements of service culture
  • Describe the advantages of customer focused behavior
  • Explain the four steps in the listening process
  • Identify techniques for reducing stress
  • Explain how to establish and maintain trust with customers

FUNDAMENTALS OF RETAIL MATHEMATICS

RBM 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5731 0/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Implement business applications of mathematical concepts. This course includes a brief math review; cash and trade discounts; markups and markdowns; insurance; inventory pricing; bank statements; credit, mortgage loans, statistical techniques, and payroll computations; promissory notes; simple interest and discounting; compound interest and present value; annuities; and depreciation. Fee: $375.00

ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

RBM 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5741 14/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Prepares students to communicate effectively in business settings by helping them develop superior written and oral communication skills. This course focuses on traditional and web-based forms of communication, as seen in business today, including email, letters, memos, reports, proposals, and presentations. Upon completion of Business Communications, students will know how to plan, write, and revise communications for a variety of audiences, both in print and online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define communication as a process and explain how it applies to business
  • Identify different kinds of business communication and explain when and why they are used
  • Demonstrate how to write for different purposes, including positive communications.
  • Identify appropriate workplace behavior, including how to communicate effectively with coworkers and teammates

SPEAKING FOR SUCCESS

RBM 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5721 11/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Theory and practice in composing and presenting oral business communications, both impromptu and prepared. Effective writing of business documents, methods of research, and presentation of oral class reports. Additional Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate written and verbal effective communication skills
  • Present one’s ideas through oral communication
  • Demonstrate professional presentation techniques
  • Understanding how ethics can be applied to the public speaking context
  • Demonstrate how to effectively organize a speech

EFFECTIVE SELLING

RBM 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57G1 4/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Nature and scope of selling and understanding buying motives with strong emphasis on the selling process, prospecting, pre-approach, demonstration of products and services, and closing. While we use the traditional selling tenets as its foundation, this course adapts the concepts to the rapidly changing world of business in today’s environment, including the use of Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, blogs, wikis, and other interactive ways of connecting with customers. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • How to prepare a successful product presentation
  • Identify the process for building self-esteem for success in sales
  • Identify the concepts of a marketing approach
  • Recognize and analyze the effects of sales promotion

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

RBM 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5771 8/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Learn essential skills for operating an effective business. Topics include employee productivity, project management, human resources and job design, forecasting, statistical process control, and supply chain management. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding financial, social, and environmental performance
  • Demonstrate an understanding of vision
  • Making choices that leads to high performance
  • Demonstrate motivational concepts
  • Identify the process for short-term scheduling

FUNDAMENTALS OF SUPERVISION

RBM 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5781 11/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Emphasis on the human factor in business, the job of the supervisor, human relations, the art of leadership, converting policy into action, job analysis and performance, how and when to discipline, and effective supervising techniques for a diverse workplace. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the role of ethics in supervision
  • Explain the supervisor’s role in management and delegation
  • Understanding of the hiring and firing process
  • Understanding corporate culture and the responsibilities of the supervisor
  • Identify corporate responsibility pertaining to ethics

MARKETING - PRESENTATION & SURVEY SKILLS

RBM 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5791 14/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Methods and techniques of marketing research and the principles on which they are based. Includes the elements of the research process, evaluation and effective presentation of findings. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding of the term marketing and its many forms
  • Define and apply knowledge of the following key marketing concepts:
  • target marketing
  • branding
  • buying behavior in consumer and business markets
  • pricing
  • Understanding how marketing decisions are influenced by:
  • various forces in business
  • trends that affect current and future marketing practices
  • Apply retail management concepts and practices to real world situations

PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING

RBM 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57A1 10/35 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to retail management operations and merchandising. Covers retail target markets, trading-area analysis and site selection, retail organization, buying, handling financial management of merchandise, development of retail image, customer service, and control of retail operations. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the types of retail operations
  • Describe the buying behavior of the consumer
  • Explain the elements of retail location management
  • List the components for information systems
  • Describe the process for measuring the distribution of goods and services

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY

RBM 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57B1 23/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Gain hands-on experience with the fundamentals of Office, like entering data, formatting, copying and pasting, basic formula construction, auto summing and more. It not only teaches you the basics of Microsoft Office but the thinking and mechanics of how to apply it to your everyday retail problems. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the skills for entering data on Microsoft Office worksheets
  • Use the Microsoft Office program menu system and toolbars
  • Understand the skills for using Microsoft Office worksheet functions
  • Identify the applications using worksheet cells and ranges

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

RBM 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57C1 9/35 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 6

Identify the role of human resource management, including its scope and responsibilities. Students will examine the principles and methods used in the recruitment, selection, placement, and training of employees. Major laws, trends, and issues related to human resource administration will be discussed. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Understand successful employment behavior
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Develop an understanding of human relations attitudes

E-COMMERCE PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS

RBM 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5761 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

This introduction to the world of electronic commerce provides the tools necessary to understand and capitalize on the explosion of Internet-based business in today’s economy. Study the technologies used to create new opportunities for business-to-business and business-to-customer services. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Learn real-world examples of successful and unsuccessful electronic commerce
  • Comprehend insight into the real-life struggles, accomplishments, of e-commerce
  • Hands-on experience applying text concepts to actual situations faced by real companies
  • Demonstrate understanding of successful E-Commerce practices

SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING

RBM 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57H1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Social Media Marketing will give you a practical approach to developing successful social media marketing plans. A proven eight-step social media planning model provides students with a cumulative learning experience, showing them how to construct social media strategies that achieve desired marketing goals. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • The student learns how to listen to the social web to identify marketing opportunities and potential target audiences
  • How to set marketing goals and strategies
  • Selecting the optimal social media tools
  • Implementation tactics to execute, monitor, and tune social media marketing campaigns for success

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

RBM 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57J1 11/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces students to key financial management topics that give insight into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. Examines the latest financial developments, including a discussion on IPOs as a broad topic, and the sale of stock. This course delivers the solid understanding of financial management a business student needs for future success.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply basic math skills to calculate interest, payroll, rate of change, discounts, markup and pricing
  • Identify the interrelationships among standard financial reports
  • Interpret and analyze financial information to make business decisions
  • Determine how internal controls affect profitability for ethical decision making
  • Prepare operational budgets
  • Produce projected pro-forma financial statements and forecasts

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ETIQUETTE

RBM 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57F1 4/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

A professional class designed to give an understanding of business etiquette. Put your best professional foot forward with Introduction to Business Etiquette. This course covers all the important issues and concepts without confusing the student with excess material. This class covers basic digital etiquette and provides information on how to create and maintain business relationships. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic communication etiquette
  • Understand Digital etiquette
  • Identify steps in creating a successful meeting
  • Understanding of cross-cultural etiquette

FOOD & BEVERAGE COST CONTROL

REST 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3261 17/20 July 30, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. MTW Jolly, W. Bldg. 37, Rm. 022

Credits: 4

Outlines the fundamentals of food costing in relation to menu writing. Students will be responsible for pricing out each item on the menu as well as preparing yield tests and standardizing recipes. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $94.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate understanding of measurements, including metric measures
  • Demonstrate proficiency in converting units of measure between volume and weight
  • Demonstrate proficiency in determining yield of product
  • Accurately determine food cost per menu item
  • Design and engineer a functional menu for different restaurant concepts
  • Analyze and implement kitchen control procedures

KITCHEN AND DINING MANAGEMENT

REST 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3271 8/20 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Learn how to communicate with, lead and manage different types of people. This entails how to hire and fire, inventory control, writing job descriptions and creating performance reviews for both front and back of the house. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: REST 112 Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Produce a workable inventory system and demonstrate ability to maintain accuracy
  • Write a schedule for kitchen staff according to budget and forecasting
  • Produce an opening and closing checklist for each station front and back of the house
  • Understand the concept of food cost control through portion management
  • Understand the importance of accurate timings
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Produce workable ordering guides and pars for all food and beverage items
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Demonstrate the ability to plan, develop and execute different menus

MARKETING/PUBLIC RELATIONS

REST 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3281 15/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10 a.m. MT Jolly, W. Bldg. 37, Rm. 022

Credits: 3

Learn how to create a marketing concept for your restaurant. Learn to define your target market and understand the importance of effective marketing in the industry. We will also look at current market trends, consumer behavior, market segmentation, and positioning of your business in the market to get the desired results. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze and compare the local market. Determine customer base
  • Design and develop different menu concepts
  • Produce different promotional tools directed at specific demographics
  • Understand the concept of menu design and marketing
  • Evaluate and compare similar businesses and establish pricing based on the market

RESTAURANT DINING

REST 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3291 4/20 July 2, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Familiarizes the student with all aspects of running a casual-style dining room that is open to the public. Included are opening/closing procedures, table setup, customer service techniques, leadership, sanitation and safety procedures. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Understand and execute opening and closing procedures for all workgroups in dining room
  • Have a thorough knowledge of dining room sanitation and safety
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Produce position plans for all work groups in dining room
  • Produce and implement appraisal system for all work groups in dining room

CATERING PRODUCTION

REST 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32A1 17/20 July 2, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. ThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 37, Rm. 022

Credits: 3

Emphasis will focus on buffet preparation and presentation. Students will receive hands-on experience creating and executing catering requisitions. Students will explore designing menus for various events, functions and price limits. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand on- and off-premises catering
  • Understand catering sanitation
  • Create ideas for special events
  • Design a catering menu to market
  • Convert recipes for parties of various sizes
  • Design a contract for catering
  • Design table layouts for functions
  • Produce equipment and food order guides for various functions

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

REST 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32B1 15/20 June 30, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. MT Jolly, W. Bldg. 37, Rm. 022

Credits: 4

Explore all aspects of running a successful operation in the hospitality industry. Students will learn how to create a positive work environment, team building, and leadership skills. Students will also learn how to recruit new team members, hiring procedures, how to organize and implement systems and controls, as well as how to handle issues that arise on a daily basis. Students will also explore how to use Excel programs and the benefits of using Excel for restaurants. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the role of accurate budgets and prepare one
  • Identify budgetary problems, determine likely causes and prepare a plan for correcting them
  • Understand the importance of sanitation in the foodservice industry
  • Understand the importance of safety in a restaurant environment
  • Understand the basics of OSHA laws
  • Demonstrate the ability to develop different menu types
  • Identify and resolve food cost problems
  • Demonstrate effective organization of the work force to accomplish the tasks at hand
  • Mitigate circumstances that could otherwise lead to worker dissatisfaction
  • Describe methods involved in team building and conflict resolution

BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT

REST 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32C1 8/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Jolly, W. Arranged

Credits: 4

Develop a restaurant concept from start to finish, including a hands-on look at how to develop a business plan to present to possible investors. Students will practice decision-making and problem-solving skills through creating and planning their own concept. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $94.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate understanding of writing a business plan
  • Demonstrate proficiency in conducting market research
  • Demonstrate proficiency in written communication
  • Obtain general knowledge of what goes in a business plan
  • Design a restaurant concept and create basic business plan around the concept
  • Create a job portfolio (cover letter, resume and references)

MOISTURE MITIGATION

SBS 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22D1 8/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Introduction to practices in construction that prevent moisture intrusion, as well as techniques for maintaining healthy living environments free from the destructive impacts of moisture. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe moisture mitigation in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose moisture intrusion in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate moisture intrusion in the building shell with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use diagnostic equipment for moisture intrusion with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document results of moisture testing with a minimum of 70% accuracy

SOLAR BASICS

SBS 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22F1 8/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 4

Introduction to the basic concepts, components, and uses of photovoltaic technology, as well as costs, benefits, and drawbacks in sustainable construction. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe a solar PV system with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose the solar potential of a site with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate the parts of a solar PV system with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use the tools and equipment of a solar PV system with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document the production of a solar PV system with a minimum of 70% accuracy

SERVICE LEARNING PROJECT

SBS 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22G1 2/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

A capstone project that gives students an opportunity to apply their sustainable building science knowledge in a real life setting, focusing on helping nonprofit organizations achieve sustainability in the buildings where they live, work, and serve the public. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe the advantages of green building with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose sustainable features in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate areas opportunity for sustainability with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use skills learned in the SBS program with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document the improvements they have facilitated in their community with a minimum of 70% accuracy

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY

SOC& 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0542 24/30 June 30, 2014 1:30 a.m. 2:25 p.m. Daily Jacobs, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 219
0550 16/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Anderson, C. Online
0544 15/30 June 30, 2014 2:35 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MTTh Hughes, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 219
0543 29/30 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online

Credits: 5

Focuses on understanding and applying the sociological perspective, which stresses the importance of the impact of social forces external to the individual in shaping people’s lives and experiences. Topics studied will include socialization, social interaction, culture, groups, social structure, deviance, social inequality, social class, race, gender, institutions (political, economic, educational, and family), collective behavior and social change. Students will be asked to learn the basic concepts, theories, and perspectives of sociology; to see how these operate in terms of social processes, structures, and events; and to apply this knowledge to better understand the social world. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0542, 0544, 0559, and 0560 are hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize technology to research sociology subject matter
  • Identify and apply sociological perspectives of covered topics
  • Accurately describe the origins of sociology, key figures and key concepts

PATIENT CARE THEORY II

SURG 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4001 13/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Armstrong, R. Online

Credits: 5

Develops the student’s understanding of the surgical patient, the needs of special patient populations, and basic biomedical science. Students will complete their HIPAA and AIDS/HIV training. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $25.00

OPERATING ROOM THEORY I

SURG 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4011 20/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TWThF Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 8

Introduces the student to the OR environment, aseptic principles and practices, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, preparation of the sterile field, abdominal incisions, ob-gyn, general, ophthalmic, and genitourinary surgeries. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $63.00. Hybrid.

INTRODUCTION TO SURGERY

SURG 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4021 20/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Orients the student to the field of surgical technology, including history, working conditions, personal characteristics, professionalism, health care facilities, standards of conduct, the physical environment, and safety standards. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $48.75

INTRODUCTION TO ASEPSIS AND INSTRUMENTATION

SURG 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4031 20/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Orients the student to the principles of asepsis and sterile technique, surgical case management, instrumentation, supplies, wound healing related to sutures, needles, and stapling devices. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CAH 102, 103, 105, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $25.00

SURGICAL LAB I

SURG 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4041 20/20 June 30, 2014 11 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the OR environment, aseptic principles and practices, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, preparation of the sterile field, abdominal incisions, ob-gyn, general, ophthalmic, and genitourinary surgeries. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAT 108, ENGL& 101, BIOL 118, CAH 102, 103, 104, and SOC& 101. Additional Fee: $48.75. Web enhanced.

OPERATING ROOM THEORY III

SURG 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4051 13/20 June 30, 2014 10:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 8

Classroom and lab presentations of surgical procedures, including cardiothoracic, peripheral vascular, neurosurgical procedures, and surgical anatomy. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $63.00. Hybrid.

MICROBIOLOGY

SURG 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4061 13/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Armstrong, R. Online

Credits: 5

Students will discuss the historical background of microbiology and be able to identify basic equipment used to identify microorganisms. We will go into many aspects of microbiology, including the description of structure and characteristics of different microorganisms, conditions that affect the life and the death of microorganisms, the relationships between humans and pathogenic and nonpathogenic bacteria, and factors that enable pathogens to invade a host and cause a disease. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141, 151. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

SURGICAL LAB III

SURG 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4071 13/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 10 a.m. Daily Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Lab presentations and practice of surgical procedures to include cardiothoracic, peripheral vascular, laparoscopic, emergent, and neurosurgical procedures. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 126, 127, 141,151. Additional Fee: $290.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS III

SURG 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4081 12/20 July 7, 2014 6:30 a.m. 4 p.m. MTWTh Armstrong, R. Arranged

Credits: 5

See Clinical Applications. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS IV

SURG 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4091 12/20 Aug. 4, 2014 6:30 a.m. 4 p.m. MTWTh Armstrong, R. Arranged

Credits: 5

See Clinical Applications. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 225, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

SEMINAR II

SURG 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
40A1 12/20 July 11, 2014 7 a.m. 11 a.m. F Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 3

Classroom presentations of employability skills, preoperative routines, and transportation. Classroom preparation for the NBSTSA Certification Exam. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 215, 220, 235. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

WELDING THEORY I

WLD 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9801 5/6 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 8 a.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Introduces the tools and equipment used in welding. Includes safety considerations, electrical principles, weld quality, and technical orientation for select welding and cutting processes. Co-requisites: WLD 110 and WLD 112. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify hazards associated with welding/metal working and develop strategies for injury prevention
  • Perform basic trade calculations, including arithmetic with conventional and decimal fractions
  • Use measuring instruments to establish lengths and angles
  • Explain basic electrical principles as they apply to welding and cutting
  • Describe the characteristics and operation of oxyacetylene welding and cutting, plasma arc cutting, carbon arc gouging and shielded metal arc welding
  • Explain the proper use of tools and equipment used to support welding and fabrication
  • Identify weld flaws and provide solutions for prevention
  • Identify employment opportunities related to welding

THERMAL CUTTING AND GOUGING

WLD 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9811 5/6 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 3

Develops the knowledge and skills for manual and machine-guided oxyfuel cutting, manual plasma arc cutting, and carbon arc gouging. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and apply the most suitable cutting or gouging process with respect to job requirements
  • Prepare and adjust plasma arc, carbon arc and oxyfuel cutting equipment
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use manually controlled and machine guided oxyfuel cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel sheet, plate, and pipe
  • Use carbon arc cutting equipment to gouge for weld preparation and weld removal
  • Use plasma arc cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel, aluminum and stainless steel sheets and plates
  • Troubleshoot cut discontinuities and take corrective action

OXYACETYLENE WELDING AND BRAZING

WLD 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9821 5/6 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 4

Develops the knowledge and skill for welding, brazing, and braze welding various joint designs using oxyacetylene equipment. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the oxyacetylene welding process to make groove and fillet welds on carbon steel in the flat, horizontal and vertical positions
  • Use oxyacetylene equipment to braze and braze weld carbon steel and cast iron
  • Troubleshoot weld and braze discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING I

WLD 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9831 5/6 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Introduces the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process with emphasis on skill development using deep penetrating electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING II

WLD 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9841 3/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Builds further skill with SMAW deep penetrating electrodes by welding various joints in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING III

WLD 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9851 3/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops understanding of the applications and techniques for using low hydrogen SMAW electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING IV

WLD 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9861 1/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops further skill with SMAW low hydrogen electrodes by welding various joint designs in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

WELDING THEORY II

WLD 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9871 4/20 June 30, 2014 8 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Explores methods of weld inspection and testing, and continues the technical orientation to select welding processes. Prerequisite: WLD105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the applications and limitations for nondestructive examination methods
  • Explain the methods and procedures for the destructive examination of welds
  • Explain the applications of gas metal arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process
  • Explain the applications for gas and self shielded flux cored arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process
  • Explain the applications for gas tungsten arc welding and describe the equipment, consumables and techniques for the process

GAS METAL ARC WELDING

WLD 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9881 1/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas metal arc welding process to join carbon steels and aluminum with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GMAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels and aluminum in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

METALLURGY

WLD 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9891 6/20 June 30, 2014 9:15 a.m. 11:15 a.m. F Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 2

Examines metal identification and classification, mechanical properties, crystalline structures, heat treatments, and metallurgical effects of welding. Prerequisite: WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the methods used to classify steels
  • Compare common mechanical properties, explain methods for measurement, and describe their relationships with each other
  • Describe methods for producing steel and cast iron
  • Explain the effects of temperature and chemistry on the crystalline structure of steel
  • Describe heat treatment processes and explain their effects on material properties
  • Apply metallurgy knowledge to solve practical welding problems

FLUX CORED ARC WELDING I

WLD 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98A1 2/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use gas-shielded flux cored arc welding electrodes to join carbon steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use FCAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in all positions with gas-shielded electrodes
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

FLUX CORED ARC WELDING II

WLD 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98B1 2/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use self-shielded flux cored arc welding to join carbon steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use FCAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in all positions with self-shielded electrodes
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

PREPARATION FOR WELDING CERTIFICATION

WLD 177

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98C1 2/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 2

Develops skill in preparation for employer, Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO), or similar welder qualification tests. Prerequisite: WLD 142, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Outline organizations involved with developing welding codes and describe their applications
  • Develop a sample Welding Procedure Specification
  • Describe weld acceptance criteria for certification in accordance with the Washington Association of Building Officials Standard 27-13
  • Produce welds with select processes which meet acceptance criteria
  • Perform destructive testing and evaluate welds with respect to the appropriate standard

GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING I

WLD 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98D1 4/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas tungsten arc welding process to join carbon and stainless steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GTAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon and stainless steels in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING II

WLD 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98F1 5/20 June 30, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas tungsten arc welding process to join aluminum alloys with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GTAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on aluminum in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

COOPERATIVE WORK EXPERIENCE

WLD 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98G1 0/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Main, D. Arranged

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job practical experience under the supervision of an employer. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisite: Advanced standing with instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Research and interview with employers to obtain a cooperative work experience which meets personal and organizational objectives
  • Obtain on-the-job practical trade experience while providing valued assistance to the employer

SPECIAL PROJECTS

WLD 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98H1 1/20 June 30, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Main, D. Arranged

Credits: 5

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned. Prerequisite: Advanced standing with instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create or interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component parts and assemblies
  • Cut materials to size using saws, shears, and thermal cutting equipment
  • Punch, drill and tap holes in specified locations
  • Form sheet metal and tubing
  • Tack weld component parts and insure dimensional accuracy of an assembly
  • Objective 6 Control distortion with tools and welding techniques.
  • Objective 7 Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment.